1 



IND MAZE 



By 
^ EDGAR I/. tARKI 






Book 4»cS 



Copyright^". 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT. 




EDGAR LUCIEN LARKIN 
Director Lowe Observatory, taking charge August 11, 1900 



Within The Mind Maze 

OR 

Mentonomy. The Law Of The Mind 



BY EDGAR LUCIEN LARKIN 

DIRECTOR OF THE LOWE OBSERVATORY 
MT. LOWE. CALIFORNIA 

Member of the Illinois Natural History Society, Ottawa, 1879; director 
New Windsor, Illinois, Observatory, 1880-1895; member of the 
.\merican Association for the Advancement of Science. Saratoga. 
X. Y., 1883; Life Fellow, Washington, D. C, 1904; member of 
the Electrical Congress, Chicago. Illinois, 1893; of the Inter- 
national Congress of Arts and Science, World's Electrical 
Congress; Astronomical and Astrophysical Society of 
America, St. Lonis, Mo., 1904; Astronomical Society of 
the Pacific, San Francisco, Cal., 1901; World's Theo- 
sophical Society, Adyr, India, 1907; National Geo- 
graphical Society, Washington, D. C, 1907, and 
of the British Association for the Advance- 
ment of Science, Winnipeg, Manitoba, 1909. 
Also special writer on scientific sub- 
jects in magazines and papers 



INHnislcsd Vf 

Standard Printing Company 

Los Angeles, California 

1911 



^^t'^ 



COPYRIGHT 191 1 BY 
EDGAR LUCIEN LARKIN 



©C!.A3(i3357 






STATEMENT 

This book is commended to all good and progressive men 
and women who believe that by studying 2^Iind, discovering 
its laws and applying them to human betterment, the career 
of man on earth could be greatly improved. And that the 
appalling errors, war, alcohol, oppression, injustice crime and 
poverty can be abolished, together with a large proportion of 
disease, pain and unhappiness. 

On October 5th, 1858, I began the studv of astronomy; this 
was in my eleventh year. I found that a transit of Venus 
across the disk of the sun was predicted to occur on December 
6, 1882. Often during the ensuing 24 years, I wondered if it 
would really take place at the predicted time. The eventful 
day arrived. I went to the local telegraph office in Illinois to 
secure the exact time. The U. S. Xaval Observatory^ in 
Washington, D. C, was sending out sidereal time the electric 
circuit was completed and I listened to the ticking of the 
master clock distant 1,000 miles; and then came the signal — 
Noon. I moved the seconds hand of my w^atch to instant of 
exact local time and hurried to the obser\'atory, opened the 
dome, turned the telescope on the sun and began looking; 
when behold the planet in its advance cut out a portion of 
solar light and formed a small black notch on the edge of 
the disk. The actual time of first contact was within one 
minute of that predicted many years before. And the next 
transit will occur on June 8, 2004. This December 6. 1882, 
was an eventful day in my career; it made a deep and lasting 
impression of the Majesty of Mind. Since then I have ob- 
ser\-ed hundreds of predicted astronomical events, and the 
supremacy of Mind in these was ever on display for the appa- 
ritions never failed of coming on time within small limits of 
error. 



And during all these years of exploration in star-strewn 
depths ; into labyrinths of suns, and mazes of nebulas and 
deeper within black chasms in the stellar floor, into blank, 
starless and dark areas, in the sidereal vault, the impression 
of the immanence of Mind has never ceased. And with this 
impression intensified by recent World's Congresses of Science 
in Chicago, St. Louis and Winnipeg, where the great mod- 
ern deductions of science were so ably recounted by their 
originators ; and where the oscillations of electricity, together 
with radiant energ}- in general were explained ; the subject 
of this book w^as taken up. 

Several paragraphs in this volume have appeared in differ- 
ent magazines, a fact which accounts for discontinuity. The 
main reason of this publication, however, is the apparent 
dearth of mention of Mind in late works on biolog}^ The 
highest entity should have an exalted place in all literature. 

A striking proof that Mentonomy is the highest of the 
standard sciences is given by the enormous mental power of 
Winifred Sackville Stoner, the little girl aged eight years. 
Her mother applied the laws of ^lind in her training; and 
the result is that her daughter has encompassed so much of 
human wisdom that the glowing of her intellect is proof of 
the contention of this book, that ^lind manifesting in the 
human brain is illimitable. 

EDGAR LUCIEN LARKIN. 

Lowe Observator\', September 1st, 1911 



Within The Mind Maze 



MENTONOMY, THE LAW OF THE MIND 

These articles are being written under an impression so 
strong that it rises to the dignity of a belief, that Mind, ex- 
pressing as human, or, in the human phase, is able by study- 
ing the material universe, to discover some facts relating to 
its Creator. The main object in publishing these articles is 
to con\-ince the reader that the universe stands upon a mental 
base, rooted and grounded in Mind; and that Mind created 
what we have named electrons. No hope is entertained by the 
author that the true nature of either Mind or matter will be 
discovered in this study, but hope is expressed that a few 
clews will be found. 

No definition of the words Mind, will, thought, create, creat- 
ing, creation. Creator, infinity, eternity, duration, time, space, 
existence, being, mentation, personality, or life will be offered. 
The reader is at liberty to search all dictionaries and lexicons 
for meanings of these mysterious words, and adopt those he 
most admires. These articles are merely a search for clews. 
hints or suggestions, as to their import. The method em- 
ployed will be this : critical research in the properties of Mind 
and matter within range of human sensation, will be made, and 
all clews compared. Then the assumption will be made that 
the Creator must be endowed with any given attribute to 
create any discovered property of matter. This statement, 
'create any property of matter," is obscure, and may not be 
the best one to use, but this subject will be studied later. 

I would consider it to be a great favor if the reader will 
hold all his theories and beliefs in abej'ance until he has read 
the entire series of articles ; that is, not to decide finally upon 
the dictionary definitions of any of the words in the above list 

343 



— merely hold tentative or preliminary definitions, and ap- 
proach this study with an open Mind. If doctrines here pre- 
sented conflict with his own, I would be pleased to have him 
suspend final judgment until all the words in the articles have 
been weighed, and compared with all the others. 

THE CREATOR 

The subjects Creator and creation are as old as thought 
itself, and their antiquity dates back to the time in the distant 
past when men really began to think. For many centuries, 
the great, the good and the true minds of each have thought, 
studied and written upon these inexhaustible themes. I 
scarcely hope to add anything, but do hope to rearrange long- 
existing ideas along lines marked out by late discoveries in 
mentological and physical science, in mentation and radiation, 
in thought forms and their activities, in thought origins and 
their subsequent transmission, in thought projection and re- 
ception. Throughout the articles Mind, mentation and direc- 
tivity will ever be given prominent and high places. But to 
matter will be assigned an exalted position also. An endeavor 
will be made to explore the labyrinths of both Mind and mat- 
ter, in elaborate search after the Creator. 

Where exists intelligence must be the abiding place of the 
Creator. Intelligence is on display within all that part of the 
Universe within the scrutiny of man with added powers of 
telespectroscope, telecamera, sensitive plates, the new ultra- 
violet light microscope, balance, crucible and retorts. Intelli- 
gence acts everywhere in this vast realm. If intelligence, the 
Master Mind, has one center of radiation, this central Mind is 
the Creator. If infinite, omnipresent Mind exists, it is the 
Creator. But infinity has no center. To find the Creator is to 
locate Mind. Mind is the only entity alive; where does it 
exist? All questions presented to man for solution subside 
into insignificance before this one supreme problem. The ex- 
pression "finite Mind" may be in error, for finite is always a 
part of the infinite. Mind, at least the units now functioning 
as human mental personalities, may be unable to think of all 
the other units — of infinite Mind. 

344 



ONE SWING OF THE PENDULUM 

The law of the pendulum is that it is isochronal, making 
equal oscillations in equal times. The time of falling from 
the highest point to the lowest is precisely equal to that of 
rising from lowest to highest. Were this not true, we should 
have no clocks depending on one of Nature's constants at 
any one point, earth-gravitation. 

From the ages of twelve to twenty-five years I heard but 
little besides ''evolution," "materialism," "self-existent uni- 
verse;" "eternity of matter;" "properties of matter only;" "al- 
ways existed," "always will exist ;" "no necessity of a Crea- 
tor;" "the stellar universe evolved itself;" "animals from pro- 
tista and monera to man evolved themselves;" and to crown 
all. Mind itself is a mere "property of matter." That is, matter 
was in existence before Mind; or else Mind and matter; or 
matter and Mind came into being simultaneously; or if not 
exactly, matter is of slightly greater antiquity than Mind. 

From this it appeared to me in youthful days that matter 
is millions of years older than Mind, for cosmic turbulence, 
tossings, seethings, boilings and unrest of matter in the forma- 
tion of nebulas, meteors, comets, worlds, moons and suns, 
obtained for countless cycles, eons and ages before even 
one planet like the earth was hushed down into comparative 
stillness, quietude and very delicate neutralization or balance 
of opposing forces, geological, thermal, electrical and metero- 
logical, in order that so excessively delicate an object as an 
amoeba, a microscopic bag of glue, a sack of gelatine filled 
with gelatinous water, might come into existence all of itself. 
For with one amoeba on earth, disporting in ancient or 
primeval thermal seas, the far later appearance of mammals, 
anthropoids and finally man was inevitable through slow 
processes of evolution. All was evolution up my way ; books 
by dozens, teaching the doctrine, were read during the first 
half of my career. Not in a vale of tears, but on a flat joy 
prairie in Illinois. Waving expanses of grass and fields of 
wheat, with square miles of corn made up my horizon east, 
south and west, in summer, and blowing snow in winter. 
One object broke the monotony of the horizon in the south- 
east — a diminutive schoolhouse made of logs. But the north 
was a wide area of majestic trees, beneath which for miles 
there thrived a deep tangled wildwood ; and lower still a 

345 



wilderness of flowers. Within this lovely solitude, down by 
the creek, I pored over works on evolution. The lowing kine 
were there galore, while bucolic sights and sounds and evolu- 
tions were mine. 

Evolution was my theme and divers attacks were made 
by me upon peripatetic colporteurs, tract-distributors and even 
preachers — ministers. So it was evolution by day and by 
night. Every phase of astronomy during all these years was 
given an evolutionary cast. The Universe either evolved itself, 
the Galaxy and a million suns ; or, if a Creator existed, matter 
was created, and creation ended in presence of evolution. 
Given the quantity of matter sufficient to be formed into the 
entire Universe as it now stands, then the Creator could retire 
and leave all else to evolution. They went so far, and I 
believe I did at the critical time, as to say that the Creator 
could withdraw entirely, and not deputize any lower order 
of intelligence to form matter into suns and worlds. For 
matter was able to do all this work of itself. In looking 
over my publications in papers and magazines during these 
early years, to me, an astonishing discovery was made : I did 
not publish this doctrine. The question is, why I did not 
print as I spoke? I am now glad that I did not publish this 
hypothesis of Nature. 

As years passed along into the past portion of duration — 
the swing of the pendulum of human thought, speculation and 
sicentific discovery rose higher and higher, and is still rising. 
Conceive two pendulums in oscillation; one the pendulum of 
accurate science, the other of speculation; or form of theor- 
izing in which Creative Mind either never existed, or having 
once wrought in the creation of matter, has long since with- 
drawn, leaving matter to evolve itself. Then the latter has 
purely reached its highest point and is now descending. This 
fact is clear to all close students. The law of material 
pendulums is violated, the descent is now more rapid than 
was the ascent. Mind in Nature, if not already victorious, is 
on the verge of complete victory and vindication. 

I do not now hesitate to write this: There is not a great 
scientist now living not aware of the existence of Mind in 
the Sidereal Universe — a Dominating Mind. 

No hint, suggestion, nor trace of clew as to what Mind 
is, has yet been impressed on the phase of Mind now function- 
ing in the human brain. Yet the brain contains within its 

346 



majestic throne-room a Mind that is very well aware that 
there exists a Master Mind far more powerful. The human 
rate of functioning not only is aware of a higher rate, but 
knows it — a stronger word than aware. All this has been 
known during, say, ten years, by advancing mentalists. None 
are advanced, far advanced yet; but some living know that 
higher Mind exists. Some of these cautiously advocate the 
doctrine that the phase of Mind expressing in human brain 
cells is destined or is able, or has inherent powers of expan- 
sion within to attain illimitable expansion, infinite widening. 
This thought was originated by non-mathematicians, making 
a puny effort to get a glimpse into the profound deeps of the, 
to them, Master Mind of a mathematician. The attempt being 
hopeless, they called the Mind of the mathematician limitless. 
The truth, so far as they were concerned. 

ISOLATION OF ELECTRONS 

The cardinal discovery of electrons in high vacuum glass 
tubes containing fused in terminals of hard and obdurate 
metals, but easily torn and separated into electrons by elec- 
tricity, themselves electricity after the tearing asunder into 
free uncombined and nascent states, has hastened the motion 
of the descending pendulum. Indeed, it seems to have already 
passed the lowest place in the arc of vibration, and is now 
rising into sublime regions of Mind. For certainly, surely 
and indubitably, electrons are directed by Mind. This is the 
new set, fixed and rock-based law of modern science. And 
it is as hopeless to storm against this assertion as it is to oflFer 
battle mentally to a mathematician. Either one or the other 
of these two statements must inevitably be true : — electrons 
know what to do from within ; or are directed by Mind from 
without. Only Mind knows — possesses knowledge. This is 
rigid and set in the nature of language — in the very nature of 
thought. Here is another fact, the isolated mentoids, particles, 
parts, portions, forms, or Mind factors directing electrons into 
matter, do not create matter, they form it. Electrons only 
were created. Now the Mind must think of create, and cannot 
possibly avoid it. To say that mentoids create is an error — 
they are thought messengers, workers, organizers, makers, 
formers and matter builders sent by the Master Mind, the 
Mind Supreme, which alone creates. To say that matter is 

847 



eternal not only does not solve any phase of the riddle of the 
Universe; but adds obscure phases. On last analysis, it is a 
law in mentonomy that it is natural for us to think of the 
word create and of creative processes, although we cannot at 
present hope to understand. 

THOUGHT FORMS 

And it is also natural for us to think that no object can 
be formed without a previously formed thought pattern. This 
would be as impossible as for an iron casting without a mold, 
and a mold without a pattern. The word matter as used in 
chemistry and physics cannot be applied to the vast quantity 
of original created electrons. ]\Iass, a term applied to matter, 
cannot exist until electrons revolve around each other at 
definite and fixed high specific speeds, specific velocities being 
a fundamental fact in Nature. The basic fact — the existence 
of mentoids, thought-bodies or forms has just received strik- 
ing proof by a dry plate photograph made by Dr. M. Yama- 
guchi, a Japanese physician, a Yale graduate. A woman 
having the mental faculty of auto-hypnosis, was requested by 
the doctor to hypnotize herself and strongly suggest to herself 
a word spelled in Japanese letters. She did and remained 
hypnotized during one hour. Sensitive dry plates held near 
her head, upon development, revealed the negative of the 
word spelled in Japanese. For long, all works on physics have 
taught that light is a physical sensation due to the impact of 
excessively minute and rapid waves in ether, upon the retina 
of the eye, thence conveyed by the optic ner\^e to the optical 
thalamus in the brain. And that the oscillations of these 
waves, transversely to the line of the ray act upon silver salts 
on plates to make impression of an image. It has always 
been obscure as to how do series of waves vibrate the 
atoms of silver by their motion, thus changing their arrange- 
ment to trace an image; or is light a chemical substance? 
And varying chemically with varying colors ? If the chemical 
theory is true, then positively "thoughts are things." Here 
great caution must be had. Electrons are not things, for the 
words thing, object, body, apply to matter; but matter cannot 
appear unless electrons revolve around each other. The elec- 
trons moving in straight lines alone, one after another, without 
orbital revolution around one another are not matter, not 

348 



forms, not bodies, not thoughts. Then thoughts are material, 
chemical, and can impress brain cells and brain cell filaments, 
and silver atoms chemically not mechanically. 

Directivity is the base of all activity; no thought body, or 
form, can move an inch without directivity exerted by a di- 
rector. And the director is a marvelous Master Mind. For 
the highest of Master Minds expressing as human is required 
to even commence to think of the simplest process in Nature 
around and about. That is, to even think of these activities; 
for to understand even one activity is so far in human mental 
evolution, utterly impossible. 

A majestic Master IMind creates electrons and directs them 
how to actuate to form all existing things. 

The statement here that thoughts are material and can act 
chemically is one fraught with vast possibilities. The theory 
is that matter cannot be until electrons revolve around each 
other. But the astonishing thought appears to be a fact, that 
electrons may revolve around the exceedingly delicate fila- 
ments in brain tissue extending from their centers of radiation. 
These fibers grow smaller and smaller, until no microscope 
can follow them to their ends. 



949 



AN APOSTROPHE TO MIND 

Written Upon a Summit in the Sierra Madre Mountains in 
Southern California — Primordial Mind, Eternal 
Mind, Creative Mind, Directive Mind, 
Master Mind — Mind. 

The adjectives scarcely lend power to these expressions. Without 
them, the word Mind stands in supreme majesty like a monument of pure 
white marble above the clouds. As I write here upon this mountain 
peak, a vast expanse of snow-white cloud extends from the mountains 
out over all Southern California, and above the distant sea — the Pacific 
Ocean. Suppose that a shaft of marble, whiter than the clouds, extended 
far above them even to the altitude of this summit. The base would be 
invisible; yet we know, are conscious that the heavy mass *'hath found- 
ation. *' The colossal base rests on solid earth; we are naturally aware 
of this fact, although we cannot see either earth or the huge stones sup- 
porting the pillar. Pistant peaks, huge piles of stone, rising above 
white clouds, present a peculiar aspect: they seem to be without founda- 
tions; or at least appear to stand on vapor. Should a gigantic pillar of 
marble suddenly appear above the pure white expanse the mental im- 
pression would be remarkable: a shaft of great weight cut off and ap- 
parently at rest upon thin clouds, fairy-like wisps of watery mist. Com- 
pare the shaft rising in majestic and imposing grandeur, impressive, 
beyond our powers of thought, to Mind primeval. Mind eternal. Mind 
sublime — to Mind. Let the area of cloud wastes be of infinite magnitude; 
be infinitely wide, then but two objects would be visible to a distant eye, 
the absolutely pure white pillar and the white expanse below. Let the 
eye viewing this marvelous scene be a human eye, conveying impressions 
and images to a normal human mind functioning in a human brain. And 
let the brain be that of a trained mathematician, but endowed with higher 
mathematical powers than those now possessed by any living mathe- 
matician, or by any or all who have lived and labored in the past. Then 
both pillar and clouds, and all else in existence in the capacity or form 
of matter could vanish; but with this inexplicable result: the mathe- 
matician would still retain in the mind the vision, image, form or im- 
pression of pillar and cloud area. The fact is called memory and can- 
not be explained in the present state of knowledge of personality. This 
simile is selected because the expanse of clouds is so beautiful and im- 
pressive now. Imagine that all scenes of matter are annihilated and 

350 



that mind takes the place of the pillar and infinite space that of the 
elonds. Then the question arises, what are the relations between mind 
and space T Or can the words of any language now spoken by man be 
employed in attempted explanation, in any form of theory, hypothesis 
or metaphysical speculation; or must this problem be considered to be 
insoluble t Is it utterly useless for mind or elements of mind now mani- 
festing in the human phase, to try to study original mindf Often have 
I given up the very attempt as hopeless, and ceased thinking on the 
intricate subject; stopped the study of mentonomy and taken up a book 
on calculus, or astronomy, electricity, physics, chemistry or biology. In- 
extricable labyrinths in these mighty sciences have often been traversed; 
differentials and integrals explored; the recesses of chemistry peered 
into; and chambers in the palace of electricity opened — doors just ajar: 
and life questioned saying: "Whence comest thou? All corridors, 
winding ways, labyrinthine passages, stairways, tunnels, rooms leading 
through slightly open doors to others and these to others and still others, 
lead into the inner chambers of a maze profound. Within this hidden 
room there is one person, one personality, and that is Mind. The room 
is the sidereal universe and all it contains. For every science, every line, 
lane, pathway and road leads directly to a Universal Mind. That is, we 
approach mind, but the impression comes, it is not central. Infinitude 
has no center. Then mind cannot be located in space. Space itself is 
the throne-room, the home, the maze in which mind resides. Then mind 
is cosmical. We then become integers. Do wet May we not be decimal 
fractions of mind primordial? Already our lines have encompassed 
personality: we cannot escape ourselves; we become involved at once 
we study human cosmic things. And local? No, the fractions are con- 
crete, integral personalities. We are centers — if we know how to use 
our minds, centers of mental radiation, of mind energy. Personal 
equation centers here: some astronomers can think of the star Canopus 
and then of the Polar star within the one-hundredth part of one second; 
others within one-eightieth, one-fortieth, one-twenty-fifth, to one-tenth. 
The distance in between these two two huge suns is not less than four 
quadrillion miles. But these same men require the* same lengths of time 
to think of one object, and then of another one-eighth of an inch from it. 
Where is the mind? One-eighth of an inch and four quadrillion miles 
are the same to mind. Would that some pillar would rise in space at 
the mind center of Nature, that we could fix our gaze and look in the 
right direction. 

If mind has no center of radiation, it becomes infinite. Let a 
mathematician weigh the sun, Jupiter, the earth and extend the process 
to other suns, weigh Alpha Centauri, Sirius or Arctums. The methods 

351 



of course, are purely mental, matliematical and abstruse. It is known 
from the basic laws of mathematics that there is but one way to com- 
pute the quantity of matter in our own or any other sun. Then mind 
original, would be obliged to make use of this one invariable method 
in set mathematics. For from the nature of numbers there cannot be 
two kinds of mathematics. Mind manifests in all that part of creation 
visible in the most powerful telescopes. At least, mathematics manifests; 
the highest manifestation of mind. 

In the present state of science, electrons appear to be the first ex- 
pression or manifestation of mind. Sirius and Vega, separated by 206 
trillion miles; Polaris and Canopus, by, at a minimum estimate, four 
quadrillion miles; and both sides of the Galaxy by unknown and hope- 
lessly immeasurable distance; these mighty bodies, suns and congeries of 
suns are all composed of one primeval quantity of electrons. Then 
electrons once filled all that sphere cut out of space included within that 
colossal equatorial band, the Milky Way. The sentence made up of 
these words: Electrons constitute the first manifestation of mind is 
indeed obscure. The word creation substituted for manifestation, seems 
to satisfy the requirements of that spark, scintillation, part, atom or 
portion of mind expressing itself as human in a brain. Then electrons 
were created and by mind. No other than mind can create, cause to be, 
to exist, to manifest. Creating, the causing to be, has for ages been said 
to be unthinkable. This is one of the most wonderful statements ever 
made by philosophy. Certainly creation of something from nothing is 
unthinkable, the reason why being — mind is unable to think of itself. 
Try diligently, and summon all latent powers as one may, then mind can- 
not think of mind. Space mind may be a coherent term: that is mind 
exists everywhere in space. It is known that we cannot think of infinity: 
this is a law of mind. If mind is infinite then space must be, since we 
cannot think of an enclosed space, that is a set boundary. Whatever 
mind may be, whether it fills space, whether finite or infinite, is un- 
knowable to humans in their present state of mentality. But a greater 
than to know this is to know this cardinal fact, humans are personalities. 
This fact is more magnificent than the Pleiades, the Omega cluster or 
the cavern, fifty trillion miles deep in the huge nebula in Orion. All 
things, all enigmas, all mysteries, shrink and subside in presence of our- 
selves — our personalities. These sentences: "He willed to go"; "1 
made up my mind to do"; "I determined to have," cannot be analyzed. 
There is no clew to solution; no vulnerable point discovered open to any 
attack of science. A strange bolide falling on earth from space deeps 
may be analyzed by chemists: but so far in mind study no trace of a 
suggestion has come throwing light upon this problem: Who do "he" 

352 



and "I" repreeectt Who wills; who makes ap his mindf These 
phrases in nnirerBal nse, are inexplicable; they both may be errors; yet 
what sentence can be substitiited for ''I made np my mindf" The 
natore of the personality is unknown. Subliminal, snb-conseions, nncon- 
seions, snper-conscions minds are obscnre, and no attempt has been made 
at elucidation. The forty centuries from Badarayana to James, appear 
to hare been whiled away in studies of mind. No ray was seen by the 
Hinda philosopher. James gave no explanation of what mind is nor a 
hint of the nature of personality. But fountains of the great deep were 
opened and illumined, streams burst forth when electrons were discoT- 
ered and iaolaied. These are the created units. From these all existing 
things are assembled. They appear in every existing object or form. 
How they became assembled into bodies, objects, forms, .shapes, gases, 
liq[iiids, solids, phases or elements of what is called matter is a question 
upon which now is clearly seen to be standing the colossal pillar repre- 
senting Science — the real science of which all others are branches, the 
majestic and imposing Science, Mentonomy — the law of the mind. The 
comer-stone of mentonomy is that all forms in which matter is assembled 
are preceded by a thought-forms or patterns, specifications, or models. 
And these are elements or portions of mind. Thoughts are portions of 
mind, and proeede all structural forms or bodies. 



353 



MIND INCLUSIVE 

Since the only entities in existence are ^Mind and electrons, 
Mind is all inclusive. This is a most important statement. 
The centuries old problem looms above the mentological 
horizon: is ]\Iind omnipresent if it is all inclusive? Or does 
central Mind send mentoids, — thought-forms as working mes- 
sengers to all points of space? Is the word person the right 
one to apply to Mind if it is isolated in any one place in space? 
Can any word be substituted for the word person? If Mind 
exists everywhere within the Universe can we say it is space- 
mind, cosmic-mind? If so. can we call this omnipresent 
space and matter occupying ■Mind a person? Central and 
omnipresent ]\Iind are two words absolutely opposite in mean- 
ing. Directivity positiveh' cannot act from a center, or 
from a center to periphery without the transference of 
thoughts. Impossible, how^ever, without radiation through 
space of thought-forms — mentoids, thought-bodies. Mentoids 
assemble electrons into atoms ; these into molecules, these into 
elements and these into structural forms and these constitute 
the entire sidereal Universe and all within. For Mind cannot 
act at distances of thousands, millions, billions, trillions and 
quadrillions of miles through space whether empty or filled 
without transmission of integral units of itself. These are 
thought-forms. Basic, fundamental and cardinal questions 
are here involved. A distinction appears for a thought-form 
is an outline, a form including space, a pattern whose 
boundaries are lines without thickness. The shape is exact, 
a mental model. At once this becomes filled with electrons, 
it becomes a mentoid or thought-body. A still deeper corridor 
within this maze is this : do electrons assembled to fill out the 
boundaries of a transmitted mental image constitute a thought- 
body? It appears in the dim light of this part of the labyrinth, 
that electrons dissociated cannot form a body. That is, a 
body must be made up of atoms and molecules. Then the 
word mentoids should be supposed to mean thought-formed 
patterns. Grades in bodies may be the fact. Thus the 
word mentoid could be applied to a thought pattern only. 
entirely void w' ithin its limts ; to a specification, or model 
filled out to boundaries with electrons or even with 

354 



atoms. These all must, however, be dissociated : the 
instant they become associated, coalesce or unite, they con- 
stitute a body — a thought-form filled out to every limit with 
matter. Manufactured, made, formed, assembled, builded, 
are words admissible in this elementary study of mentonomy; 
but not the words create, created, or creating, for only elect- 
rons have been created. Mind primordial, Mind supreme, 
actually has limits, it is impossible for it to create any entity 
whatever save electrons. Mind original cannot create one 
atom ; but it is able to form or make an atom. The word 
make must not be used in place of the majestic, supernal and 
supreme word create. No word in any language can ever ap- 
proach to within any finite distance, of the splendid word 
create. No other word has any trace of similarity to the 
mighty word create. There is no danger of substitution. 
Assemble is a better w-ord than form, make or build. Elect- 
rons would forever remain electrons from the instant ol 
creation, unless directed where to go to be assembled into 
atoms and molcules ; and how by a director, an entirely mental 
director. Primordial Mind creates and directs. Activity is 
unknown in the assembling of electrons into forms extending 
from the first and smallest atom to largest sun. All whatever 
in this long series from atom to molecule; and from molecule 
to mass, is in the grasp and clutch of directivity; and the 
director is entirely mental. Even this director cannot act 
without first forming a mental shape or outline, a pattern 
or specification, roughly comparable to the delicate lines in the 
blue-prints used by architects and pattern-makers in foundries 
and workshops. For mentoids traverse all space so far oc- 
cupied by structural matter, with a speed just falling below 
an infinite specific speed. For with infinite velocity of Mind 
transmission, omnipresence would exist : the thought at ab- 
solute instant of origin at any one point in space would be 
at any other at no matter what distance. This would destroy 
the concept of personality of central creative and directive 
Mind. For if Mind is of infinite expansion or traverses space 
with infinite velocity, there are no limits. But a personality 
is circumscribed within limiting boundaries. Mentoids there- 
fore are radiating thought-bodies : but the word radiating 
means issuing from a center; a focus of radiation. 

Then created electrons were either created in a definitive 
center and directed to where they now exist in points of 

355 



space separated by quadrillions of miles ; or were created 
where they now actually are, in this enormously wide diffusion. 
A hundred thousand gigantic suns in one side of the Galaxy; 
and a hundred thousand on the opposite side, separated by 
space beyond all human imagination in its immensity, all 
composed of electrons imply the action of IMind at both 
places ; and also at all points in infinite space where either 
electrons or matter exists. Then, if i\lind exists at all points, 
it is omnipresent. If concentrated in one place; the reader 
may decide whether the word personality is the proper one 
to apply. But if centralized, then surely and inevitably, 
mental forms, mentoids must traverse all distances to the 
remotest electron, atom, molecule and mass. There positively, 
is no alternative. Action at a distance with no entity what- 
ever in between has always been the rock in the way of 
science; and led to the hypothesis of ether as a carrier of 
energy by methods of wave-motion. A purely mental im- 
pulse traversing space must be a thought-form or mentoid. 
And mentoids assemble electrons on arrival, thus filling out 
the mold, form, or pattern. 

MENTOGENY, ACTIVITY AND DIRECTIVITY 

Agree with the inevitable deduction that nothing is in 
existence save electrons ; that these are almost infinitely small 
and that they are electricity and nothing else. Imagine a 
definitive point in eternity when no two or more electrons 
were in combination ; that is, no phase of matter was then 
existing. For if two or more electrons revolve around each 
other with excessively high and set and fixed specific speed, 
then the revolving electrons appear as matter. Let the quan- 
tity of free electrons exist as a sphere, having a diameter 
infinitely great, in frigid and infinite space. Then human 
imagination cannot commence a series of thoughts or imagin- 
ings regarding the sphere of electrons, nor of the included 
space, nor space external, so do not try the impossible. For 
the purpose of imagining, cut out a sphere filled with free 
uncombined electrons, having a diameter whose length is the 
distance traversed by light moving with the known speed 
of 186.380 miles per second of time during one million years, 
or 5,882,000,000,000,000,000 miles. Flight during one year 
is as completely unthinkable. 

3S6 



Imagine that the Creator, the Master Mind, desires to form 
matter from electrons, at any point in this cosmic sphere. A 
mighty problem arises. Mind exists in electrons enabling 
them to form mathematically exact crystals, or it is sent or 
directed to them. The question is, where does Primordial 
Mind abide? If two electrons originally know how to build 
an atom of matter, then they all possess this knowledge; 
all know how to form into silicon, carbon, gold, vanadium or 
any other element. Unless they differ, but electrons are all 
alike, so far as is known; then they must possess omniscience, 
a great improbability. If electrons know how to build a 
crystal, say of silicon, at any one point in the sphere, they 
might commence there. So might billions of others at as 
many points simultaneously, quintillions of miles apart. This 
activity all unknown to each other, theoretically, could convert 
all electrons into silicon, carbon, iron, copper, or matter in 
any phase. The entire Universe would then be all silicon, all 
gold, all iron, all hydrogen, as the case might be. For, 
unless each electron be absolutely omniscient, it would not 
know what all others were doing. This is the logical result 
of inherent activity. Not aware what all electrons were 
forming, there would be excess or diminution of the proper 
elements of matter. In this case it might occur that a 
balance in Nature would not obtain, that so delicate an entity 
as life might appear in turbulent cosmic wastes on worlds in 
space. 

No, surely activity is not the watchword of Nature. Argue 
these basic problems as one may there is no escape from the 
fundamental law of universal DIRECTIVITY. Mind as 
at present manifesting in the human brain is totally unable' to 
think of itself, or origin of anything whatever; of the Creator, 
or of the meaning of the words, end of existing things. Yet, 
since science appeared in the minds of men, there has not 
been a more persistent demand for an overruling Mind — 
the Creator, the Master Mind. Electrons are surely and posi- 
tively directed to build up atoms, molecules and masses called 
matter. The omnipotent directing force is absolutely and 
positively Mind. And this assertion cannot be upset. It is 
self-evident and requires no proof. Mentogeny, Mind genesis, 
Mind creating, forming, making, directing, building, is the 
basis of all science today. Electrons certainly do not wheel 
themselves into atoms and these into matter of their own 

357 



will or volition. They are directed by external force, and this 
force is mental. A mental force is a Creator, the Creator. We 
cannot commence to think of this Creator — the reason being: 
Mind cannot think of Mind. Whence it appears that there is 
only one Mind in existence. Or, if one pleases, only one 
kind of Mind. If human Mind is unable to think of itself, it is 
of course, hopeless to strive to think of its origin. Self-evident, 
because Mind, or that portion of it, expressing in the phase 
called human, cannot think of any part of the meaning of 
the w^ords origin, beginning, existence, infinity or eternity. 
We are hedged in between limits. However, these may be 
widening. Man may, after the lapse of sufficient time, see 
and learn of things, absolutely unknown and incomprehensible 
now. The word — Mentoids, may be here inserted, detached 
mind forms — thought-forms or thoughts. This scheme of 
matter-building is that Primordial Mind sends mentoids with 
a speed that is nearly infinite to all points where electrons 
exist, whether distant from each other quadrillions and quin- 
tillions of miles, whether at finite distances or infinite, and 
there directs electrons to first combine into atoms, then 
molecules, masses, worlds and colossal suns. These atoms 
differ entirely in the number of electrons they include, di- 
rections of revolution and fixed specific speeds, fixed and set 
by Mind. Mentoids by this hypothesis act entirely by their 
presence. This is the depth of the deep mystery catalysis. 
A few years since I wrote for The Nautilus an article on 
catalysis, matter acting by mere presence only; accelerating 
all kinds of chemical combination, integration and disinte- 
gration, without itself being affected, and with no less of 
catalytic power during eternity so far as science can now see. 
Blind, inherent activity in electrons could never have wrought 
adjustment so fine that life could appear. 

WITHIN THE MENTAL MAZE 

Mind has Avrought mighty works. It has weighed the entire 
earth, computed its specific gravity and from that, its mass or 
quantity of matter. Mind has weighed, discovered the mass 
of the sun, and computed how much greater is the quantity of 
matter in the solar than the terrestrial globe. 

Mind, expressing and functioning along the way of mathe- 
matics has told the mass of the entire solar system, even out 

358 



to Neptune, distant 2,780,000,000 miles from the sun. Mind 
like Columbus standing on the shore line of that barrier — 
the Atlantic, became impatient — launched into the depths of 
space, made a voyage of 25 trillion miles, reached the star 
Alpha Centauri, the nearest neighboring sun to ours, and 
weighed it. Mind made a flight to a distance twice as great, 
to the sun Sirius, and deduced the mass. Then to farther 
away Arcturus, Rigel, Procyon Aldebaran and Vega. Binary 
and ternary suns were thus weighed, their times of revolution 
discovered and predicted. By means of that transcendent 
product of Mind — the telespectroscope ; suns invisible in the 
most powerful telescope alone, were weighed and their times 
and speeds of revolution discovered. The invisible was sensed 
by Mind. Approach and recession to and from the earth's 
track in space of distant suns were detected by Mind, and 
their rates of motion. Star drift was discovered by Mind, and 
streaming of the distant suns, in opposite directions, giving a 
rotary eflfect as seen from the earth. 

An apparent if not actual rotation of the entire sidereal struc- 
ture has been made known by Mind. This expression — made 
known to Mind, would change all our ideas. Two great star 
streams in opposite directions, like opposite sides of a wheel, 
have been discovered. Mind has measured the intensity of 
the light emitted by all suns above the fifth magnitude. Mind 
has discovered the velocity potential of a number of rapidly fly- 
ing suns, and from this, the quantity of matter which must be 
able by means of its gravitation, to impart such speed. Mind 
has apparently by mathematical and photometrical methods 
discovered a diameter of the stellar universe so great that 
light moving wnth the Mind discovered speed of 186,380 miles 
per second, requires sixty thousand years to traverse. Mind 
invented the sensitive photographic plates — turned 25,878 of 
them upon the sky of night, photographed the entire celestial 
vault, and thus imprinted the delicate images of without doubt, 
one hundred million suns. Mind then compared the probable 
mass of all these computed as one, to that of the invisible 
quantity of matter required to establish the great velocities 
observed in the flying suns — those having excessive motion, 
and found that it may almost be ignored. Mind overcame 
almost insuperable difficulties in measuring the distances of a 
few of the nearer stars. 

369 



Mind performed the seemingly impossible in measuring the 
velocity of light, a speed of 11,182,800 miles per minute. Now 
is there a thought-velocity? Does thought travel from Sirius 
to Vega in the one-hundredth part of a second? Or, are 
mental images or concepts of both stars side by side in the 
Mind? And is there a fundamental law here, just beyond 
reach? Mind, has by means of its impetuosity and restless 
onslaughts, stormed the very battlements and the very base 
of the sidereal structure, the, to Mind enmeshed in the brain 
of man, or imprisoned therein, practically infinite. Infinitely 
large; but this Mind manifesting along the human way has 
also peered into the depths of the to it, infinitely small. 

THE MICROSCOPIC UNIVERSE OF LIFE 

Mind has made the ultra-microscope. Beside this instru- 
ment of almost infinite power, all other microscopes are in- 
deed finite. Particles whose diameters are so minute that 
250000 side by side would form a line one inch long are 
seen by means of this powerful instrument. And living mi- 
crobes have been photographed in the midst of their rapid 
motions, of excessively small dimensions. These photographs 
were taken at a rate 33 per second or 1980 per minute. By 
moving these films before lenses illuminated by strong electric 
light, projections of an almost infinite world of intensely ac- 
tive life are thrown upon a white screen, magnified from 
10,000 to 20,000 diameters. The eye of man has scarcely 
rested upon scenes more wonderful ; millions of these incred- 
ibly minute living creatures are observed darting to and fro 
with amazing activity. A drop of blood from a living mam- 
mal, so small as to be almost invisible to the unaided eye, 
is a marvel in this microscope. These are the ultimate of 
life, so it now appears; and how minute are their parts? Im- 
agination is submerged when striving to imagine how minute 
these living things are. The word Universe may as well be 
applied to the invisible and infinitely small, as to the visible 
and invisible infinitely large. It seems that infinity is gauged 
by capacity limits. Thus one hundred is infinitely large to a 
mentality unable to comprehend more : likewise one thousand. 
The discovery of invar, an alloy of metals one of which is 
nickel-steel, has placed in the hands of physicists a substance 
of priceless value. This metallic compound has an expansion 

360 



and contraction so small as to be insensible within all changes 
of temperature in natural air. For centuries, if an accurate 
physical measurement of length had to be made ; troublesome 
computations were required to determine the changes in length 
of foot, yard and meter rules; and of all surveying tapes and 
rods. All this world of trouble and sea of errors is now 
avoided by the precious and changeless invar. And seconds 
pendulums have been made which measure one second of time 
to within an error of one part in 500,000. This implies that 
the length of the pendulum had to be made with equal ac- 
curacy. This work is also a measure of the force of gravita- 
tion with like precision. Cut up a one-grain weight into 3222 
parts : then chemists weigh one of these within minute limits 
of error. The measurement of speed of light, 186,380 miles 
per second, has ever been considered a very high achievement 
of Mind ; but the time required for it to move 75 feet has been 
measured. Mind directs hands to make fine rulings with 
diamond points on glass and metals as many as 25,400 in one 
inch. 

But all these delicate measures are crude compared with 
refined determinations made in electricity. Vacuum tubes, 
glass bulbs from which all air is removed to the limit of pos- 
sibility, permit matter to assume what Crooke's called the 
fourth state — ultra gaseous. Excessively small particles fly 
from electric terminals with terrific speeds. Mind has dis- 
covered the quantity of matter in a number of kinds of these, 
and the minuteness at once surpasses all human powers of 
imagination. These, the smallest particles in existence, are 
pure electricity and are called electrons. A row of them side 
by side, one inch long, would contain 12,700,000,000,000. All 
these now known wonders and many more within modern 
science realms have been revealed to humanity by the re- 
search and skill of Mind. The reader will observe that in 
every instance mentioned here, of triumph of Mind over ma- 
terial difficulties and discovery of law and facts, was brought 
about and consummated by the aid of refined instruments, 
mechanical appliances, lenses, spectroscopes, bolometers, the 
wondrous ultra-violet light microscope, the retort and, greater 
than these — mathematics. Invar and all these, sense nature 
in her mystic modes. 

S61 



NEW CONCEPTS OF ELECTRICITY 

The latest ideas and theories regarding the true nature and 
structure of electricity are so completely different from any 
held before the years 1899 to 1901. that the older hypotheses 
can scarcely be recognized now. All college text-books now 
being published contain the new beliefs of electricians and 
chemists. 

The one great fundamental difference between the new and 
old is that electricitA' is now known to be o-ranular — that is, 
not continuous. Matter, whatever that is, has ever been held 
to be granular, made of discreet atoms and molecules, collec- 
tions of atoms in regular and definite proportions. Electricity 
was held to be a continuous fluid not only inside of atoms but 
in spaces between. This doctrine was all changed by the 
capital and cardinal discovery of the ages, the discovery of 
-electrons, far smaller than atoms. An atom of mercurv is 
about 300,000 times heavier than an electron. An atom of 
hydrogen, the lightest body known, is 1700 times more mas- 
sive than the primordial, absolute, changeless electron. No 
imagination, however vivid, can hope to begin a series of 
imaginings about an atom ; how then of an electron ? These 
electrons are pure, negative electricity, and revolve around 
positive centers of force, and these centers and these revolu- 
tions constitute atoms. Atoms unite in absolutely regular 
mathematical ratios to make molecules of at least eighty-eight 
kinds, called elements. These unite with each other where 
there is chemical affinity to form multitudes of compounds, 
which unite to build the entire universe. 

The strict attention of the reader is called to the startling 
fact that matter is a motion of electrons. An atom of what for 
centuries has been called matter is now defined as revolutions 
of electrons around a center of force. This is the present 
explanation of an atom of iron, platinum or diamond. All 
matter known can be torn apart and resolved into electrons. 
And these can be driven out of any container whether of glass 
or solid metal, and be thus made to vanish from the scrutiny 
of man. This is a round-about way of saying frankly that 
nothing exists but electrons. Nothing is known as to their 
real nature, nor of anything else. This is also one way of 
saying that nothing exists but motion. The universal, cosmi- 
cal ether, if it exists, is beyond doubt nothing but electrons. 

362 



If so, then the 100,000,000 visible suns, and the billions of 
invisible worlds are next to nothing in comparison with the 
quantity of electrons in existence. Electric, magnetic, electro- 
magnetic, electro-chemic, optic, electro-optic, thermic and 
electro-thermic activities can all be satisfactorily explained by 
the theory that negative granules of electricity — electrons — 
revolving with terrific speed around enclosed centers of posi- 
tive force. And these effects are explained by saying that 
electrons revolve around on orbits inclined to each other, not 
all around atomic equators. Note the meridians on a globe 
representing the earth ; see how they make angles with each 
other. Call them orbits of electrons, then the flights of elec- 
trons on these inclined paths constitute the life of the entire 
universe. Science has no idea as to what electricity is, nor 
force, nor anything. This is the modern electronic theory of 
matter : revolutions of nascent, negative electrons around posi- 
tive, with differing, yet set specific speeds and directions at 
varying distances. 

Electrons were created and upon desire of the Creator to ap- 
pear as atoms were directed to form into them ; and upon 
further desire into molecules, and later into masses ele- 
mental and then into compound masses. These complexes 
were all directed. The first step of the Creator to be rid of 
a part of this load of work was to create life, an assembler. 
Thus life in the minute germ of an acorn will assemble sev- 
eral tons of matter into a huge oak tree. Xow we are entering 
dangerous grounds in our exploration of the Mind-maze ; 
trap doors, hidden passages, treacherous stairs, and obscure 
steps. Thus does a tree come into being by means of activity 
or directivity. If by activity, then atoms and molecules pos- 
sess activity. This is untenable, for the original electrons did 
not. They were directed. Aotms were directed to form ele- 
mental molecules. But this question storms the very gates of 
the maze. Does a rose exist by means of activity or directiv- 
ity? Do the germs of the oak and rose assemble? Does a 
microscopic germ in an acorn assemble or attract a ton of car- 
bon and form it into oak wood? Or is this carbon directed 
to assemble within and thus expand a tiny pattern of an oak 
tree latent in the germ cell? Mysteries deepen from light 
shades to deep darkness — for this writing has reached the 
point in cosmic advance when the mystery, LIFE, first ap- 
peared. Does the rose germ attract, draw, assemble, central- 

363 



ize, form, condense, precipitate, fix, or deposit carbon in its 
beautiful petals? Or does the pattern of the rose within the 
germ, the idea of the rose, the thought-form, or mentoid at- 
tract, assemble and build? Does the germ attract, or thought 
form within the germ? Now the reader is well aware that it 
is the Mind-form that does the work of building the rose. One 
may argue this question for a year with himself and come 
around a circle to the starting place. He may traverse every 
corridor and way within the maze, and then end all research 
by saying that the ]\Iind-form assembled the materials into 
the rose. And that there could not possibly be a rose with- 
out a preceding mentoid, or phrenoid, if the reader prefers. 
Thus the mental base of Nature is again encountered in these 
explorations when the first life, the first living entity is ap- 
proached. Thus directivity reigns from electrons to highest 
plants. 

A monad in the speculations of Leibnitz, is an unextended, 
indivisible and indestructible unit, endowed with both physi- 
cal and mental properties, not susceptible to changes wrought 
by external force. It has within itself the power to produce all 
changes it experiences to eternity. These units make up the 
Universe. 

This sentence should be changed to : An electron is an un- 
extended, indivisible and indestructible unit of electricity un- 
endowed with both physical and mental properties and high- 
ly susceptible to changes in position wrought by extended 
force. It does not have within itself the power to produce 
all changes it experiences in eternity. These electrons make 
up the Universe. 

For acting from within is our familiar activity, which never 
obtains in inorganic matter. An electron is not endowed with 
physical and mental properties. Physical properties could not 
exist before matter, nor matter exist before electrons revolve 
around each other. External force sets them into revolution, 
and this force is Mind. 

WITHIN CREATION'S DEEPS 

Look at a diamond having fifty facets, or fiat sides, and 
you will see twenty-five, those in front, while those in the rear 
will be invisible, owing to the fact that the interior is filled 
with opaque matter. Let a brilliant point of light be at each 

364 



angle of the gem, and the edges of the faces be lines of light, 
then all matter may be removed and the diamond will appear 
in shining outline, front and rear. 

Ignite the end of a thin stick of wood so that a spark of 
fire will glow ; revolve it is a circle in a dark room at a rate 
of nine times per second, and a continuous ring of light will 
appear. This is due to the fact that an impression of bright 
light endures on the retina of a normal eye one-ninth of a 
second. 

Let an electron in total darkness move with the standard 
specific speed — the velocity potential of all cosmic energy, as 
heat, light, electricity, actinism, chemism, and thought? — of 
186,380 miles per second, and it will emit light. If the motion 
is on the circumference of a circle, the circle wall stand out 
in black space in living light. If one electron should move 
through the three angles and along the three sides of a tri- 
angle, in darkness, then a glowing triangle of light would 
flash out in supernal beauty. All plane geometrical figures, 
quadrilaterals, pentagons; hexagons, or all regular polygons, 
may thus be cut out or described in space in light by only 
one electron when moving at nature's specific speed of light. 
But these are only planes and form sides of crystals. How 
generate an entire crystal, so that both sides, all the angles 
and faces, front and rear, can be seen in the dark? Let one 
electron move at the specific speed through each angle and 
along each edge of a tetrahedron, hexahedron, octahedron, 
to the icosahedron, thence to any regular polyhedron, pyra- 
mid, prism, or cut precious stones or gems, and they will 
stand forth apparitions of transcendently beautiful jewels. 
Instead of having electrons vibrating at the apex of each 
angle, there would be as many electrons as angles. To make 
a solid crystal appear (apparently solid) one electron only 
would produce the same effect of solidity if its motion was 
sufficiently rapid, through all the angles and edges. Now, 
atoms of crystals are geometrical forms, all made up of vary- 
ing combinations of electrons. So far in this study, form only 
outlined in light has been mentioned. 

The retina is slow in reaction, enduring one-ninth of a 
second of time. The ear is more sensitive. Let impulses 
from a tuning fork reach the tympanum at a specific rate of 
128 per second, and the separate beats cannot be detected ; 
one note only is heard — continuous C. Double the rate to 

365 



256 vibrations, the sound is one only — middle C. Let slight 
impacts be made on one's finger. If of sufficient rapidity, 
the sensation will be that the finger is touching a solid. Let 
a stream of excessively fine grains of sand be touched by the 
finger-tip. Then it will appear to be a moving solid wire, 
if the speed is great enough. Suppose that the sand grains 
made contact at a rate of 128 per second, and that the moving- 
wire effect would be sensed. Then, if the particles are in 
motion with cosmic specific speed, that of electrons, the dis- 
tance between them would be 1,460 miles. Space occupied by 
matter with such distances between atoms or molecules would 
be called nearly void. Yet, would seem to be solid with these 
speeds. 

Imagine that all the edges of the faces of any crystal to 
be placed end to end, and that the combined lengths equal one 
inch. Let this be traversed by only one electron at the stand- 
ard specific speed, and it would be rigid — a dense solid to the 
sense of feeling upon being touched, yet almost entirely empty 
of what is commonly called matter. 

Electrons build matter by merely moving. What electrons 
are is unknown ; but in the present state of science they can- 
not be distinguished from pure negative electricity. 

The rates of oscillations of electrons required to establish 
light, range from 732 to 762 trillions per second. Suppose 
that rates of electrons in iron, platinum or diamond, are equal 
to one-fourth or one-half these, then solidity could be ac- 
counted for when partially empty of atoms and molecules. 
The angles and edges of these bodies traversed by electrons 
with these speeds would seem to sense as solid. 

The interiors of crystals are filled with neutral electrons, 
positive and inactive. Free, uncombined, negative, nascent 
electrons and atoms are the workers and builders. These 
continually deliver motion and others instantly begin to work 
with incredible fury and power. See this : Nascent; is a 
Latin word, based on the root nascor, to be born. Thus 
the universe is alive — it is being born incessantly, and dying. 
The rates appear to be equal, so far as science is now able 
to see. 

Mind is never quiescent, nor are electrons in all that part 
of the sidereal Universe within the critical powers of man. 
The expression, "Matter proceeds from matter," is impossible 
and has made confusion in physics, chemistry, and biology. 



366 



Matter proceeds from the infinity of electrons. Nothing exists 
but electrons ; for matter in all its forms can be resolved 
back into them to the primordial sea of space electrons. 

If electrons contain no activity, but are entirely directed, 
then of course, Mind existed before they did ; since in the 
inherent nature ot fanguage, Mind only can direct. If they 
are endowed with inherent activity, that is, they act of them- 
selves and direct themselves, then Mind by far the most 
wonderful entity, one surpassing all limits of imagination, is 
of late origin, since it is found only in the brains of man and 
animal. Physiological and anatomical science is able only 
to discover Mind in organic substance. But these are the 
last to appear upon the stupendous cosmic scene. Unless the 
electrons are mental, or at least impressed with mentality in 
absence of directivity, the entire structure of nature, the 
Universe of billions of suns and more billions of worlds, came 
into existence and matured to the present elaborate and com- 
plex state entirely without the agency of Mind. Is any such 
doctrine tenable? Titanic forces — cosmical, meteorological, 
geological, thermal, electrical and chemical — labored in ele- 
mental conflict for ages here on earth, and finally became so 
equilibriated to a nicety, to stillness and quietude, that an 
amoeba — a delicate living being — might appear, a being con- 
taining Mind. 

Man is a creature subject to terrestrial changes. Slight in- 
crease or diminution of the heat energy received from the 
sun would annihilate man and all other life on earth. Is it 
possible that the sun and earth were prepared and brought 
to their present even balance and adjustment without Mind 
being in existence, either in activity or directivity? Or, if all 
animal life in the universe should be annihilated, would Mind 
come to an end? It thus appears, for no Mind has been de- 
tected separate from organic, that is, animal, life, unless it 
be in electrons. The action of a mathematical Mind is ever 
on display within all that portion of the universe within range 
of the telecamera. So far as human scrutiny is able to detect, 
this Mind is exterior to created electrons, that is, electrons 
are not eternal units of Mind. 

The old-fashioned assertion that matter is eternal is as ob- 
scure as the statement that it has been evolved. For by the 
hypothesis here presented, electrons onl}' were created, and 
these were formed into matter by mental processes. To find 

367 



the Creator is to discover where Mind makes its first manifes- 
tation. This certainly was in the creation of electrons. This 
series is merely a restatement of the long-time riddle of the 
universe in another form. The hope is here expressed, that 
others may solve the riddle. One cannot write on this subject 
without using the words knowing and forming. Then the in- 
tricate problem arises, how can Mind now expressing as human 
know of electrons unless the knowing of man is of the same 
order as the knowing of the Creator of electrons? They assur- 
edly act to form atoms from an impulse without; they are 
directed from without; if so. Mind is indeed so inconceivably 
near to each electron that it may be said to be immersed in 
directive Mind. If not this, then the mental force after creat- 
ing electrons impressed or taught them how to build them- 
selves into matter and then into the Universe : and apparently 
withdrew from the active scene of turmoil and turbulence of 
matter. For all discoveries in recent science lead to one con- 
clusion, viz. : electrons act from an impulse without. Man 
may never secure a glimpse of creative processes, but the idea 
that there is a Creator, a Creative Mind, behind all existing 
things, is exceedingly ancient and exceedingly modern. 
Science demands the existence of this Primordial Mental 
Cause, even if unthinkable by man's present mental powers. 

THE CREATIVE MIND 

In searching for the Creator, it is doubtless well to confine 
ourselves to some assignable limit — to a circumscribed por- 
tion of space for exploration. For purposes of this study, the 
limit selected is a sphere, cut out of space, having a finite 
diameter of one hundred thousand light years, a light year 
being the unit of space measurement, or the distance traversed 
by light in one sidereal year — 31,558,149 seconds — moving 
with a constant specific speed of 186,380 miles each second. 
The length of this yard stick is 5,881,807,997,000 miles, which 
number multiplied by 100,000 will give the linear diameter 
of our hypothetical sphere, where Mind in exploring can stop 
for rest and quiet, for stillness and solitude, for the wondrous 
silent hour. 

Beyond doubt the Universe of suns and worlds is wider 
than this. At the remote epoch when this exploration opens, 
this colossal sphere contained nothing but electrons. These 

368 







■| < 

B in 

o 



^ ^=: c/; 

5i 5 s-^ 



^\ '-" ^ 

I be X 

> _' a. 

4> - O 

o 



were free, for no two, nor multiple of two, had combined to 
form an atom. My theory is that these had been created, 
although I am unable to think of the process of creating. We 
at present are as children in school writing words on a black- 
board, soon to be erased. The nearest approach yet made 
to discovery of any trace is in electrons. All words so far 
written on causation since human speech began may as well 
be erased in presence of electrons. Suppose that at the end 
of any definite series of cycles of eons, let us say two electrons 
began to revolve around a center in between at a set specific 
speed, in orbits forever fixed in definite diameters and direc- 
tions of revolution, whether from left over to the right, or 
from right over to the left, then the first atom of an element of 
what chemists call matter appeared. This atom was not 
created, the two electrons formed it. The electrons only of 
all existing things were created. This assertion is based 
on recent deductions of physical science. The electron is a 
product of creative Mind; the atom of directive Mind. To 
create is to produce. The words produce and form are widely 
diflferent in meaning. To produce is to cause to be, to exist, 
while to form, is to build of already existing things; in this 
case not of already existing material for matter did not then 
exist for by hypothesis electrons had not commenced to re- 
volve around each other. Hence, electrons only have Been 
created, or produced: all else whatever has been formed 
of electrons by directivity — direction. The word thing is 
excessively elastic and expressive, and is here used to avoid 
th use of the w^ord matter, even before matter existed. 
Things, used above relate to electrons, simply because there is 
no other word. The theory that possibly electrons are dual 
is false, they are units absolute and indivisible. No entity 
whatever save Mind is able to create them and set them in 
revolution. Then the words force, mind-force, force-center. 
are redundant, and may be discarded leaving only Mind 
supreme. Electrons move with high specific speeds when 
nascent, free, uncombined, and also when in combination thus 
constituting atoms. This motion is the life of the Universe. 

MENTOLOGICAL RESEARCH 

Mutation requires a mutator; changes, a changer; and evolu- 
tion an evolutor. The word Creator is here substituted. Mind 

369 



created electrons, and expressed itself in models, forms, or 
patterns. A mentally formed pattern for the assembling of 
electrons is as indispensable as are patterns in an iron-foundry 
or in looms weaving fabrics. The *'unextended indivisible 
units" of Leibnitz are electrons, created and then wrought into 
forms by Mind. A lifetime expended in arduous research in 
telepathy in the mental world, and catalysis in the material, 
would no doubt make the most valuable discoveries. These 
entities appear to be somewhat similar; they act by presence, 
not by contact. And they both lead to results entirely unlike 
themselves — they "pass into something else," (Hegel). My 
object in toiling — no imagining without toiling — in caves of 
gloom, in canyons wild, on mountain heights, in wastes of 
night, in clouds profound when they abound, and in solar light 
when all is bright, is to introduce the words Creator and Mmd 
into literature again, after their disappearance a number of 
years since. Suppose that the word "quantity" could be ap- 
plied to Mind; then if Mind exists only in this wide Universe 
in the brains of man and animals, then the quantity of the most 
magnificent entity in existence is very small. The greatest 
becomes the least. 

WITHIN THE LABYRINTH 

Readers can help discover the laws of Mind if they will. I 
do not know a single law of thought. Nor, indeed, if Mind 
obeys law. But all else whatever, in the entire range of hu- 
man experience, is held in the clutch of rigid law. The in- 
ference may be made that Mind is governed. Here in the 
start, a distinction of great importance must be made : Is Mind 
ruled or is it a ruler? Is it governed or does it govern? If 
Mind rules, does it rule all existing things as sole governor, 
or has it a helper or coadjutor? This book is written to ad- 
vocate the hypothesis or rigid truth that Mind is the sole 
Creator, ruler, governor, president, monarch, dictator, arbiter, 
controller and manager of the Universe and all it contains. If 
this be true, then Mind does not obey law, it is the law. This 
volume is a collection of apparent facts; and upon these it is 
sought to establish a theory. Further: the hope is expressed 
that a law or a number of laws herein be discovered or de- 
duced. Hope may not be entertained, however, of deducting 
mentological equations with the precision of those in mathe- 

370 



matics. Facts, or what are believed to be facts, will be pre- 
sented from time to time; and from these laws, or dim outlines 
of majestic laws, may be rescued from almost impenetrable 
mists. And readers are invited to aid as explorers far and 
away within these fascinating realms. Deep within, if they so 
desire for the word deduce is derived from the root de, down, 
plus duco, lead. 

A clue, one leading surely along a few corridors of the Mind 
maze, may be had in studying what Mind, expressing and 
manifesting in, or through the brain of man can do, discover, 
comprehend and use. Mind entering, acting within and es- 
caping from cells and cell filaments in the brain has done won- 
derful things and is able to perform greater. The word fila- 
ment is based on the root, filo-spin, derived from filum — 
thread. Now let us, you and me, spin long threads and sink 
them as sounding lines into mental depths. Let us imagine 
from the time of starting from the shore, that we have really 
launched upon the deep. 

Mind can think of the star Vega, and then of the star 
Sirius, both within, from the one-fiftieth to the one-hundredth 
part of one second of time. The distance between these two 
giant suns is 205 trillion miles. But the same would obtain 
with the two suns distant more trillions or quadrillions of 
miles. See this : and the same with a distance of any assign- 
able number of miles. One stupendous fact has already been 
presented. From this a law, or what appears to be a law, can 
be deduced. 

Mind digging and delving within the mathematical maze 
discovers all potent laws of numbers. These laws are so ab- 
struse recondite and comprehensive, that none save mathe- 
matical Mind is able to commence to think of them. Mathe- 
maticians daily handle enormous numbers, billions, trillions, 
quadrillions, especially those exploring the mazes of astron- 
omy and electronic electricity. These numbers are expressed 
in writing words, or figures, and by symbols. Yet no mathe- 
matician can by any effort of thought recognize one million. 
Indeed, none can comprehend one thousand, and possibly not 
one hundred in entirety, by one concentration. This leads to 
another apparent law. 

The word miles was used to express distance in deducing 
time. But the Mind actuating in man is conditioned, lim- 
ited and environed by numbers. Then numbers cannot be ap- 

371 



plied to space. An overpowering fact stands out : space is 
infinite. 

This is inevitably a truth, a rigid deduction from what ap- 
pears as a fact — Mind cannot be lost in space. Numbers can, 
for let 97582976388549 represent miles, and let this line of 
figures extend around the equator of the earth, each unit rep- 
resenting one mile : then the distance thus expressed is an in- 
finitesimal when compared to space : thinner than the edge of 
this sheet of paper, compared to the width of the building in 
wdiich the reader may be. Whence it appears that no number 
can represent infinite space, nor aught that is infinite, nor 
Mind. 

INFINITELY SMALL 

All that part of the universe of life invisible to the unaided 
eye, but clearly visible in the highest powder microscopes 
abounds in iMind. The living, moving microscopic beings, 
so small that more than 50,CM30 side by side would be required 
to make a line one inch long, know from within what to do; 
when and where to go. This is activity. Electrons, atoms 
and molecules not possessing inherent activity are directed. 
An animal, no matter how small, directs itself, and this be- 
cause it possesses IVIind. A highly complex crystal requiring 
high geometry to analyze and comprehend, is more intricate 
by far, so it would seem that an amoeba, a minute bag of 
gelatine filled with gelatinous w^ater. All who would com- 
pare the two side by side would assert that the crystal is of 
a higher order. Let opinion favor the crystal ; then it will 
fail before the mystery profound of the nucleus within the 
amoeba. The nucleus is the abode of Mind. It is far and 
away more wonderful than a diamond : and the tiny speck 
more elaborate than ruby or sapphire. The abiding place of 
^lind is more inscrutable than all else in existence. The 
mental properties of the microscopic life-world are simply 
amazing. Mentation is at times rapid and acute in the realm 
of excessively minute living creatures. They decide where to 
go with great celerity, then instantly act on this decision. 

The object of the ^lind Supreme in creating life was to es- 
tablish activity for the first time in the entire Universe. 

Mentoids are directors of electrons, the actual builders. 
Electrons are actuated by external mentoids; they do not, 
cannot act of their own will or force. Mind, primordial and 

372 



eternal directs, and that not by contact, but by presence. 
This is a rigid truth. The entire Universe is set in mathe- 
matics, but this is the highest manifestation of supernal, 
sublime and Supreme Mind. Latent faculties of the Mind 
human arc aware of the Mind Supreme. This subject 
is magnificent in majesty and magnitude. Astronomy 
is the law of the stars; Mentonomy, the law of Mind. 
Many facts are known in Astronomy; not one in ^Mentonomy. 
The name of a mighty science stands alone. No law is known 
of Mind, and no clew or hint as to what it is. It is all powerful ; 
and rigid sciences, physical, chemical, material call for its 
existence and directivity, resulting in activity of electrons, 
resulting in the sidereal Universe and all within its mighty 
boundaries — if it has bounds and limits; mighty beyond hope 
of thought if it has none — is infinite. Even trained mathe- 
maticians cannot think of infinitude; the highest do not try. 

EVOLUTION 

Latin evolutio from evolve, to roll out or forth, unfold, 
or unroll, from e, out and volvere, to roll, to turn round. 
This word and all it implies in its many differing shades of 
meaning and application lies at the base of the philosophy ol 
Lamarck, the Darwins, and Wallace. It has been called the 
foundation word of an entire new era in science. And by 
others a solution of the one great riddle of the Universe. 

Evolutionism is the theory that the Universe, or at least that 
part thereof within range of human scrutiny and all it con- 
tains, was not originated once and for all coming time ; but 
that it is in a condition of growth, change, development, 
progress and mutation. Between emanation and evolution 
there lies a great gulf, so wide that it cannot be bridged. 
In emanation, the primordial power, force, or principle, that 
sends forth emanations remains itself unchanged in quality 
and attribute; like a steel magnet magnetizing other steels in 
unlimited numbers, without diminution of its original force. 
In evolution, the primordial force, if such is conceded to be 
in existence, itself changes. Scarcely any two theories can 
be wider in difference. Another gulf in between, is that in 
emanation, development, and change, descend from high to 
low. In evolutionism, from low to high. Both doctrines 
agree in one point, they exclude the necessity of the existence 

373 



of a Creator. And they have not substituted any other word, 
such as emanator or evolver. So far as one can deduce from 
the writings of adherents of the hypotheses of emanation and 
evolution, all entities in existence act of their own inherent 
powers, of themselves. Argue as one may, both come under 
the meaning of the word activity. Directivity, its exact op- 
posite, is not in evidence. In a restricted sense, the word 
evolution has been applied to the development of organic 
life from inorganic matter; and all subsequent changes in 
plants and animals. 

The theorv of evolution is divided into two branches. The 
first holds that all chang^es and mutations are from within; 
some internal, inherent force produces all changes. The second 
ascribes all changes to forces from without. Since the word 
mechanical is constantly applied to all processes due to out- 
side causes, the action of Mind, is not mentioned. Nor is 
Mind taught to be the cause when acting from within. Thus 
evolution as tausfht can be resolved into our familiar words 
activitv and directivity, both functioning without the agency 
of Mind. Plato's world of thoughts is ignored. Of course 
the word mentoids will be excluded ; along with Plato's 
permanent supply, fund, or store of ideas. Hence all things 
can be without pre-existing ideas, thoughts or thought-forms. 
Mind, thinking, planning, creating, forming by the action of 
Mind are not necessary, not required. 

Attempted exclusion of purposeful intelligence from the 
cosmos is always destined to fail. And this from the Nature 
of thought itself. Inert, and the living both demand a plan. 
The term "conscious plan" has been published. But the 
words conscious and consciousness are deep in meaning. One 
phase of meaning may be that the human Mind; or a Mind 
having every quality and attribute now displaying as human, 
in absence of matter, may not be in a state or condition where 
conscious would be the true word to use. Thus in certain 
types of mentation, in peculiar phases of dreaming, the pres- 
ence of matter is not sensed ; yet the Mind is in hyper-activity : 
and with range vastly increased. 

The purely mechanical by no means explains anything it 
accounts for nothing, and without Mind, all things within 
human cognition are inexplicable. With Mind at the helm, 
coherent concepts emerge from mists, for plans are discovered. 

Leibnitz taught the cardinal principle of directivity: that 

374 



the directing force possessed intelligence, and was therefore 
a mental Director. Positively, evolution could not obtain, 
that is, one entity succeed another always in order and in 
a work of advance, without an intelligence behind the process. 
The mutations are surely ordered, directed, influenced or im- 
pressed from the outside. The descent of Mind into matter 
is a very ancient idea, and one widely believed throughout 
all antiquity. Why use the word descent? Mind created 
matter is ambiguous. "In the beginning, God created the 
heaven and the earth," was v/ell enough for the ancients. 

In the beginning the Creator created electrons ; and then 
formed the sidereal Universe and its contents. 

This is the form suited to the moderns. 

THE PROCESS OF BECOMING 

See this: "Monad. In the philosophy of Leibnitz, one of 
the unextended indivisible and indestructible units that made 
up the universe, endowed with both physical and psychical 
properties, not accessible to change from without, and having 
within itself the power to produce all the changes it under- 
goes from the beginning of its existence to eternity." (Stan- 
dard Dictionary of the English Language — art. Monads.) This 
is a concise statement of the true teaching of Leibnitz, the 
great philosopher. In the light of the discovery and isolation 
of electrons, and of telepathy — the action of mind on mind at a 
distance — this doctrine of Leibnitz, after ruling so long in the 
world of metaphysics, must give way to its exact opposite. 
"Having within itself" must be excluded from all future writ- 
ing. This is activity. "From without itself" must be substi- 
tuted. This is directivity, an indestructible fact. Schelling's 
concept of the identity of knowing and being is true; like- 
wise that of Spinoza — namely, the order and connection of 
thoughts are the same as the order and connection of things. 
Hegel's process of becoming, of the union of position and nega- 
tion, is that all that becomes passes into something else — re- 
moves itself. Identical with this is his process of thought; 
it also becomes something else. This is a fallacy: thought 
manifests itself as a thought-body, a phrenoid, and then appears 
to become something else. This is done by the immediate 
assembling of electrons into thought-forms or bodies. This is 
not intricate; for let a thought-form be directed to appear by 

375 



the Creator, then it begins to fill out its pattern with elec- 
trons until the body is complete. And always under inevitable 
and eternal mental directivity. Armageddon must rage around 
and about two words, activity and directivity, until the con- 
cept of electronic activity is annihilated, in the majestic pres- 
ence of directivity. 

ALL MATTER DIRECTED TO APPEAR 

There is no rest in Nature, perpetual motion obtains. 
Thought-forms develop within range of human scrutiny, vision 
or consciousness like the mysterious emergence from realms 
invisible, from the world unseen, of images in a dark room 
on a sensitive photographic plate in the developing solution 
or bath. Change* appears to be the only permanent entity. 
Eternal forms entirely mental assemble electrons within them- 
selves, and completely fill them out to minutest limits. The 
result is the formation of material objects within immaterial 
forms, mental outlines. A crystal entirely geometrical, com- 
posed in space, of angles and lines existing as a thought pat- 
tern becomes filled by electrons in atoms, themselves in- 
conceivably minute crystals, and a real, solid crystal ap- 
pears. This process is formation. Forms do not stamp them- 
selves upon objects ; electrons are assembled within these 
forms, all mental; the result is a form composed of matter. 
Mind is the only assembler, former, builder, maker. Back 
of all these lies Mind — the Creator. Archetypes and proto- 
types, are thought-forms, patterns, blue-prints, models, all in 
excessively delicate mental outlines. A thought-form may have 
length, breadth or thickness. Filled with electrons, atoms and 
molecules, the forms become material lines, planes and 
geometrical solids. Even geometry calls a space-form a solid 
whether or not it encloses matter. Thus mathematics can 
exist in abstract in an expanse of electrons not yet matter; 
but substance, or sub-matter only. Geometry can exist in 
an absolute vacuum, as pure thought-forms. And did before 
electrons. 

With Aristotle, forms were the only absolute realities. 
Whenever these made expression in matter the manifesting 
was purposeful. Had he known of electrons, his scheme could 
now be called almost modern. The process of evolving 
inanimate, into living matter has been so slow and gradual ; 

376 



and the successive changes so minute, that with modern re- 
search, the breaks in continuity can scarcely be detected; or 
demarcations discovered. The entire work of producing man, 
the mental animal has been by the well known means of trial 
and error. Combining these three words into any one such as 
evolution or mutation, is of no importance, who cares what 
word is used, the basic rock hewn fact and foundation of all 
existing things is simply trial and error. 

ONLY ELECTRONS CREATED 

The working Mind profits by experience. This is the Na- 
ture of Mind. If not, it could not expand, improve, approach 
perfection. Aristotle's process of evolution was from low to 
high; and he called it a change from potentiality to actuality. 
We now would say : Changes wrought by Alind in com- 
bining electrons. The high, original principle of the Neopla- 
tonists forever remains unchanged, even while all things are 
emanating from it. Primordial Mind when creating electrons 
may not have changed, since they are all alike. But change in 
forms and thought-models is incessant now. It, of course, is 
not known whether new electrons are now being created ; 
or if the total quantity was created once and for all time. 
The word all, caimot be joined or applied to the word eternity. 
Nor can any other word, not even the word during. The 
theories of evolution of the Ancient Greeks would have been 
cleared at once had they known of electrons. Likewise the 
endless hypotheses of medieval times. Bruno would have 
been aware immediately that there is a difiference in between 
matter and form. For objects are forms designed by thought, 
and later filled out with atoms and molecules all established 
by motions and nascency of electrons. Evolution with its 
doctrines, ramifications, theories and speculations is not mod- 
ern, it is as ancient as the Aryans in trans-Caspian regions, in 
India, Iran, Greece and Rome. The modern furore is a 
rejuvenescense. And theories now coming to the front, are 
rearranging the order of the terms as in equations. The 
ancients discovered evolution and worked out details as well 
as could be without the aid of modern instruments such as 
telescopes, sceptroscopes, microscopes and a knowledge of 
the fact that nothing exists but Mind and electrons. For the 
space-sea of electrons is the cosmic ether. Conceptions of tliis 

377 



ether are very different from those of the ocean of electrons, 
for electrons are used in the formation of matter, while by 
hypothesis, ether is not. A load is lifted from the patient 
shoulders of cosmical physics in substituting the silent sea 
of electrons for one of ether. 

CONTINUITY 

Draw a line with a pencil, and the particles of graphite 
make up a continuous line. Raise and lower the pencil point 
many times in traversing one inch. The result will be a line 
of dots — discontinuous. Thus genera of all organic beings 
follow continuously ; but in between classes or divisions, there 
are intermediate beings, or if not, the progression is com- 
parable to the line of dots. If continuous, the process of 
merging obtains : if not, as in the case of dots, then new 
patterns appear. Variation and mutation, occur, but these 
take place in mental patterns, external to the objects or beings 
formed. That is, a change in matter is inevitably preceded by 
a change in mentation. Changes in specifications precede 
changes in objects. But Mind only is able to make or change 
these specifications: and then fill them out. In building a 
house of concrete or cement, the boards are set up to plan, and 
the mold thus made is filled with the mobile matter. It sets 
into a solidified form. Then the mold is removed. Visible 
creation is builded after plans and patterns, entirely mental. 
And Universe building cannot begin without preceding mental 
forms. This is the mental base of Nature. 

It is not yet determined whether evolution is a continuous 
or dotted line, reaching from electrons to giant suns ; or from 
"Monera to Men." If continuous, specifications insensibly 
change, and the final shape or pattern is very different from 
the first, especially in organic things. If the concept of the 
dots obtains then separate patterns appear without the cum- 
bersome merging. 

Changes are separated by intervals. Then the original 
Mind is experimenting and actually learning by experience. 
And this is a reasonable hypothesis. As reasonable at all 
events as is the action ascribed to "deaf, dumb and blind 
force." 

The originator of this expression failed to see that a deaf, 
dumb and blind force, must of necessity be directed if it is 

378 



( 



to accomplish anything and do work. The theory that one 
"being originated from another," is a flight of fancy. For 
it in that case it originated itself. If not, then the other 
formed it. A very confusing idea; making turbid instead 
of clearing. And how can totally unlike objects or living 
beings come or descend from one common source, unless that 
source be the Creator? For all matter did not descend or 
ascend from the first or one common atom ; nor animals from 
the first cell. 

THE MIND OMNIPOTENT 

The most absurd idea of Schelling was that of Nature being 
a precursor of Mind. The fact is, Mind is the precursor of 
all Nature. Unconscious Nature after long evolution pro- 
duces intelligence unconsciously. That is, Nature in develop- 
ing intelligence is not, or originally was not, aware what it 
was doing. Nature's highest aim is to reflect itself, revert 
to itself, or become objective to itself. In order to do this it 
develops reason, or the type or phase of reason manifesting 
in man. This is the consumation of the process of returning 
to itself. The process is separated into three divisions : one 
is named fate, another Nature, and the third providence. 
Now it doth appear that one word can be substituted for three, 
to save time and space, and this word is Creator. Dissolution 
of the Absolute or dispersion into plurality is obscure. That 
is, the Absolute is divided into a multitude of objects. Then 
it is no longer the Absolute. But thoughts can be radiated 
from a primordial Mind forever without division or dispersion 
or any distribution of the original Mind. Roughly symbolized 
in the perpetual magnetization of innumerable steels by one 
magnet without a trace of loss of original force. Division of 
the Absolute is the extreme limit of illusion, delusion and 
absurdity. The sending of a mentoid, thought-form or body 
is less complex, than the division of the Absolute and trans- 
mission of the separate parts. This process would be compar- 
able to the extreme absurdity of cutting out a portion of one's 
brain and expressing it instead of a thought. Since human 
reason appeared on earth, no combination of four words has 
equaled "dissolution of the Absolute" in vacuity and inanity. 
The expression ''eternal proceeding" is the height of wisdom 
if it is agreed to that thoughts eternally proceed. What can 
proceed forever unless it be thought? The idea that all 

S79 



thoughts ever sent forth may be recalled to the original source 
has been widely prevalent. If recalled then structural matter 
would be dissolved into primeval electrons. Numbers of 
very ancient philosophical systems have advocated the appear- 
ance and disappearance of stellar structures, and their regular 
building and dissolution in cycles. This is reasonable in com- 
parison with the vapid idea, of division of the Absolute itself? 

Sidereal Universes may come and go, but the Absolute, that 
is. Eternal Mind is forever supreme — one indivisible unit. 
And an infinite number of thoughts can be sent forth into 
space without a trace of loss, and without even a suggestion 
of dissolution, or division. The doctrine that all visible 
Nature is temporary, that all things or objects appear and 
vanish has ever been held by som.e philosophy; and is fascina- 
ting. The living and dying of all Nature in her visible forms 
serve only to render the Master ■Mind all the more majestic 
and sublime, omnipotent and supreme. 

Hegel founded his system on the action of Mind and came 
near ascribing a mental base to the Universe. And doubtless 
he would have done so had he been aware of the existence 
of electrons, as fine, minute and impalpable as an}^ INIind units 
ever conceived of by both ancient and modern theorists. The 
sentence: "Origin of species one from another" to me is almost 
without meaning. Species have appeared by a succession 
of steps like a line formed of separated dots. 

MUTATION 

The words evolution, devolution and mutation are as com- 
pletely indefinable and unthinkable as the word create. But 
the word create fills a demand in the phase of ]\Iind function- 
ing as the human mind. Everybody is now supposed to en- 
dorse the various hypotheses of evolution or mutation. But 
these imply the existence of an evolutor or mutator with 
an intensity as great as does the word create a Creator. If 
evolution and mutation exist they had a beginning, although 
we cannot even think the full meaning of the word beginning. 
Things did not create nor evolve themselves. The question 
who created the Creator is totally without meaning within 
all limits of human mentation as it now functions. The word 
Creator is the set limit the boundary of human thought. A 
crystal does not form itself: electrons form it, having been 

380 



directed by a director — entirely mental. They build it under 
manipulation of a builder, purely mental. And this because 
it requires a high type of Mind to understand a crystal, its 
geometry, namely a mathematical type or phase of Mind. 
The subject of electrons is universal and inclusive of all within 
range of the five senses of a^ human being. The Mental 
Universe is more magnificent than the material. Nothing 
exists but electrons. They are used by Mind in the making, 
forming, building, integrating, disintegrating, evolving and 
mutating matter in all of its innumerable conditions, states 
kinds, varieties and properties. They were created by Mind. 
An astonishing thought is : the Creator having created elec- 
trons now appears to be experimenting with them, in new 
and endless combinations. Primordial Mind itself seems to be 
mutating. Progression is the apparent object of Mind original, 
each succeeding product being a slightly higher order than 
the preceding. Then recurring series appear and primitive 
types are again used in renewed trials. The word absolute 
may be dropped from human speech, unless it is used in mathe- 
matics. The higher sicence of numbers is absolute, but with 
this absoluteness,it could not appear until forms were created 
to be counted and numbered. Creation therefore is of a 
greater antiquity than evolution; and behold this: older than 
mathematics. But mathematics in the abstract in pure Mind 
existed before things to be numbered. This is inevitable and 
cannot be upset, nor reasoned away, nor crushed by sophistry. 
Evolution of course could not have set in until electrons had 
been created. Nor motion. Mind functioning in the human 
phase cannot account for the creation of electrons ; and I have 
published a hundred times the reason why and here again : 
Mind in the human manifestation cannot discover its own 
origin, or what it is, nor even think of itself. How then find 
how the one great Master Mind created electrons? The 
meaning of the w^ord Mind is unknown; likewise the word 
Creator; the two are identical, but cannot be completely under- 
stood by that part of universal wisdom named human. The 
word monism should forever give way to the word dualism. 
Two entities only exist. Mind and electrons. Electrons were 
created: all other entities have been formed. It matters not 
whether the words evolved, mutated, made, composed or as- 
sembled be used. Chemistry and biology may strive to their 
heart's content to discover how assemblinsr is wrouelit : and 



381 



it is to be hoped that they will succeed. We are now draw- 
ing near to the wonderful, abstract, very ancient and familiar 
words, positive and negative. Two negative electrons cannot 
form the most primitive atom of matter; nor two positive. 
This writing is a mere restatement of the "riddle of the 
Universe." The insoluble riddle until the fractions of Mind 
now manifesting in the brain of man become expanded from 
latency into higher nascency. These things must be done: 
discover how two or more electrons began to revolve and thus 
exist as the first atom of matter. Then find how other com- 
binations of revolving electrons were formed into other atoms 
of all chemical elements. Next find how atoms were formed 
into elemental molecules; these into masses, and these into the 
entire sidereal universe and its multiplex contents. How the 
electrons came to be is unknowable to the set of mental 
faculties now assembled as one complete human mentality; 
I mean those now expressing, not the latent imits awaiting 
their coming summons into activity. Millikan, of the Univers- 
ity of Chicago, has isolated one electron apparently, at least, 
he separated one from others and immersed it in a minute 
globule of oil. He seems to have discovered the mass and 
potential of one electron, one primordial unit of the Universe. 
Mass is a basic property of matter, but mass expressed as 
inertia is a property of electrons, and they are electrical units. 
Here is a strange expression : electrons are so small that Mind 
manifesting in human characteristics cannot think of how 
minute they are ; rejecting the word "of." Mind cannot think 
minute electrons, or electrons. This comes to the verge of 
saying that the human mind is a flux, surge and flow of 
electrons. The idea that the mind in man is a form or mode 
of motion is where our good Aryan friend, Badarayana, closed 
Vedanta as a finished product over by the Ganges m full view 
of that colossal range, the Himalayas. That is, this ancient 
philosopher if now on earth would not even be surprised 
were he told of the discovery of electrons. Likely he would 
call them mentoids, and not bother with the word electricity. 
Thus the space-sea of electrons, may have been in existence 
during eons before any two approached near enough to each 
other to evolve or form one atom. The formation of one atom 
was all that was required to "begin" the sidereal universe 
and all within, including man and the man of Mind. This 
word "of" is coming in here in a troublesome way — should be 

382 



really Mind-man. But now this question of radio-activity is 
here — here for long — lately discovered. All matter is dis- 
integrating, flying away in particles of electronic dimensions. 
In time, all matter may go back to electrons. If so, it will 
make true a statement of the ancient Hindu Bhagavad Gita, 
thus: "All matter is invisible in its primal state; visible in its 
intermediate, and invisible in its final state." These rounds 
are cyclic, and our good friends, the Aryans, tell us that one 
of these little cycles requires 4,320,000,000 years. 

A speculation of course, but a valuable mentological fact 
illuminating the property of the human mind named intuition. 
Thus radiation of electrons away from radium was dimly 
sensed by the primitive Aryans on their arrival in Northern 
India, having emerged from the rock strewn passes in the 
Himalayas. 

NASCENCY 

The word nascent is one of the most remarkable in the 
entire speech of man. The reader would do well to devote 
one day to the task of searching out its roots in classic lan- 
guages and then apply their wealth of meaning to modern 
electrical science. It really means being born — beginning to 
exist. This word is basic, prehistoric, profound, deep in human 
personality. A mighty brain, a poet of the Vedic hymns, all 
overcome, submerged and overwhelmed by approach to the 
Creator; the inspired writer that he was, could go no farther, 
so he wrote: "In the beginning there arose the source of 
golden light. He was the only born lord of all that is." — 
Rig Veda, chapter X. 

All gods and lords were born in the primitive bibles of 
man. Had the early Vedantists been aware that electrons are 
continually being born, that is, becoming nascent, active and 
inconceivably powerful they would have said the Creator 
is continuously expressing or manifesting as matter appearing. 
There is no death — no stasis. Electrons uniting with an 
even number of others, become positive. Here is the mystery; 
they act — this is, leave a positive or inactive combination, be- 
come negative, nascent and intensely active. The idea of 
the gods of antiquity being born is identical with the modern 
concept of electrons being born nascent. 

I fully believe this assertion to be true, that primeval intui- 
tion of man (at least, of those who created the roots of human 

383 



language) were not in error. Hindu, Hebrew Mesopotamian, 
Egyptian and Aztec bibles mention light as energy or force. 
The Hebrew makes it the primal force, or, at least, the first 
to appear within realms of human sensation. Man is a local 
mentality, but a portion of the universal Mind. Mind, there- 
fore, is a flow of nascent electrons — a constant birth. Memory 
is a fixation of electrons. Neurons are congeries of electrons 
in the brain. So are primordial mentoids in space ; also in 
time, which is a succession of events. The mighty brains 
of Kapila, Patangali, Aristotle, Plato, Newton and Kant had 
no intimations of the unspeakable complexity of existing 
things. They thought atoms to be smooth spheres, but they 
are labyrinths of helices, spirals, whirls, electric circuits, elastic 
springs and tumults of electrons, moving with specific speeds 
far and aw^ay beyond all imagination. The unseen is so far 
greater than the seen that the latter may be almost ignored. 
Imagine the unseen to be as a sea of melted metal; then all 
matter is comparable to mere dross on the pure and placid 
surface. The seat of creative or building power is within 
original Mind directing its own created impalpable electrons 
into innumerable forms. 

\^endanta, founded by Badarayana; Samkhya, by Kapila; 
Yogi, by Patangali ; Purva IMimamsa, by Gainini ; Vaiseshika, 
by Kanada, and Nyaya by Gotama — these six mighty systems 
of abstract, abtruse and very ancient Aryan Hindu philosophy, 
it has ever been thought, sounded the very deeps of human 
wisdom regarding the Creator. The Vedas, Sutras, Bhagavad 
Gita, and the Puranas, elaborated by centuries of intense 
mental concentration by great philosophers, along the banks 
of the jumna and Ganges, for long seemed to have explored 
all labyrinths of Mind functioning in the human phase, lead- 
ing near to or within creative power. The Avesta and Ven- 
didad, in Iran, let fall sounders into speculative depths search- 
ing for the Creator. 

The banks of the Euphrates, Tigris, Jordan, Nile, Orontes, 
Po and Tiber, were the silent places of meditation of thinkers 
during many centuries — thinking of the Creator. Pythagoras, 
Plato, Zeno, Epictitus, Socrates, Pliny, Seneca, Hegel, Spinoza, 
Kant, Xew'ton, Stuart. Berkeley, Hume, Paine, and a hun- 
dred others, studied, thought — taxed their I\Iinds to the limit 
in the interminable search after a clew, hint or suggestion as 
to the real nature or attributes of the Creator and Builder 



384 




Alvan Clarke & Sons' Equatorial Telescope — In the Lowe Observa- 
tory: focal length. 22 feet; iliameter object glasses, 16 inches. It 
is fitted with a Brashear telespectroscope and plate- holder. 



of ihe Universe. More than one hundred philosophical systems 
were the products of these wonderful and long-continued 
series of arduous mentation. None of these found the Creator. 
Nor has any one of the world's fifty-three bibles cleared the 
horizon. 

The Rig Veda contains nearly one thousand hymns, called 
Mantras — meaning born of Mind. The early Hindus sought 
the Creator by sheer force of Mind, by powerful mental con- 
centration. This was because they believed that their minds 
were sparks from the Infinite Mind — integral parts — and from 
this they endeavored during thirty centuries to find the whole 
— the universal, primordial sea of Mind. Many minds of 
antiquity became convinced that they had discovered the 
Creator, or at least had drawn very near to the central, or 
if one pleases, within widely diffused, creative power. 

The word immanency appeared in classic philosophy, existed 
during a few decades of centuries, died out, but it is now 
being revived and is appearing in all parts of the world. Be- 
yond all doubt, in the abstract mental way is a method of 
research of almost supreme power. At all events, it is by 
far the oldest of all plans. 

MODERN METHODS OF RESEARCH 

This new way starts from matter. The telescope, tele- 
spectroscope, the telecamera, sensitive plate, the stora.2:e of 
light and rescue of starry rays from cosmic deeps, the telebolo- 
meter, excessively sensitive to heat radiation ; the microscope, 
the marvellous new ultra-violet light microscope, the retort 
and qualitative analysis of matter, the high vacuua securing 
nearly total absence of what we have named matter, and 
near approach to that long-sought point, absolute zero of 
temperature ; all these, and a greater, the disintegration of all 
known phases of matter, elemental matter into primordial 
ultimates, electrons, and these entirely of electricity, all have 
conspired to place man on what was thought to be a new 
road leading to the Creator. Work reigned in observatories, 
in laboratories and scientific-research rooms. The new Avay 
led along beside still waters. Science became micro-voyant 
in search for relational facts. As it were, pointed, penetratitig 
thoughts were evolved, and they came near looking into the 
interiors of atoms. Purposive power was detected, a primeval 

385 



force beyond all existing matter forms. These are doubtless 
thought forms. Metals were alive, high potential electricity 
in Crooke's high vacuum bulbs tore matter into electrons, and 
these are fine as "thought stuff." Mentation became profound, 
and thoughts deduced from experimental research into the 
properties and laws of matter were joined to those born of 
abstract contemplation. 

The results reached by pushing the use of the trans-violet- 
energy microscope to extreme limits of wave lengths, were 
that universes exist within universes. And this : life glows 
in beings of molecular dimensions. These living, moving 
creatures, are made of atoms. And from another line of ex- 
ploration, these atoms are combines of electrons. Billions 
of hitherto unknown organisms were rescued from oblivion — 
from the colossal realm of the unseen into the seen — into 
range of human vision. Then these moving beings were photo- 
graphed, placed in micro-projection mechanism and thrown 
upon a screen where all could see them in rapid motion — in 
intense activity. Each animalcule is a center of Mind. They 
know. 

Researchers in Europe and America compared results, when 
it was found that they were immersed in more active menta- 
tion than were Badarayana, Kaoila, Gainini and Kanada. The 
sages of the Himalayas, Moriah and Olympus, did not think 
with any such intensity. They could not without looking into 
the trans-red and trans-violet regions of the spectrum in 
powerful spectroscopes; nor into hosts and billions of living 
creatures in microscopes using trans-violet radiance. Nor into 
galactic deeps in the telescope. The discovery is this : the 
kinds of mentation in the minds of Gotama and J. J. Thomson 
— the one looking at nothing in deep abstraction, and the 
other at matter vanishing through solid walls as electrons; 
the one on the Ganges and the other on the Thames — India 
and England, are identical, differing only in intensity, modern 
mental action being the most rapid. Both methods arrive at 
this one supreme truth, the Creator is mental. 

Since Hugo de Vries with his mutations has not aided Ernst 
Haeckel in any way whatever in solving the Riddle of the Uni- 
verse, that long-sought and auspicious moment — the time for 
transforming equations has arrived, and a general rearranging 
of the order of the terms. A wilderness of new coeffi- 
cients must be introduced, succeeding and supplementary to 

386 



Lamarck, Darwin, De Vries, Hegel, Leibnitz. Cells never 
evolve into other kinds. Mutation surely leaves room for the 
action of Mind in between any two consecutive things. One 
way of imagining in day or electric light is to open a diction- 
ary or lexicon, read down a column of words, and then go into 
solitary places and imagine in silent darkness. Thus, by 
doing this, the word "monad" w^as annihilated for ever from 
the literature of metaphysics. And Leibnitz would now erase 
"monad" were he back here on earth. Look down a column 
headed O in a Greek lexicon, come to oid, and see its mean- 
ing. It means form in English. See the next word below 
— oida, and the astounding fact stands out, oida means "I 
know." But oida can be translated body. Idea, Greek, in 
English becomes form, shaoe, appearance, model, idea, mode, 
aspect, from idein, to see. But only a form, entity or body can 
be seen, either visually or mentally. Then phrenoid is a legi- 
timate Greek word, although not in^ the lexicon. And men- 
toids, Latin and Greek combined, both meaning thought or 
mind-bodies or formxS. Xow, I assert that these mind-bodies 
are mental messengers directed by a mental director. They 
are builders and formers directed by a mental builder or mental 
former. They were created by a mental Creator — by the 
Creator, by ]\lind creative and primordial, by Mind. 

Matter is Greek, hyle, and form, morphe. The idea that 
form could precede matter was not taught by Aristotle. Im- 
material form was unknown to him. A mathematical form 
likewise an immaterial concept, though powerful in the ex- 
treme, since it is able to weigh the Universe, and tell the 
distances of the stars. 

Ernst Haeckel's world-ether becomes space-electrons. They 
do not create, they were created, and then used by directivity 
in forming the primitive elements of matter. The theory ad- 
vanced of **idea-forces" approaches quite near to the doctrine 
of space-traversing mentoids. This theory, born in France, is 
ideal evolutionism, and good, for it admits the action of Mind 
in the building of the stellar Universe and its enclosures. I 
do not know if this presence of Mind in Nature was advocated 
in fear and trembling; or put forth with caution for fear of 
attack. 

Self synthesis cannot exist in the Universe. This hypo- 
thetical coalescence, assembling, joining together is nothing 
but the ancient error, activity. Automatic synthesis excludes 

387 



directivity and has no place in any Mind theory of the cosmos, 
and is an insiduous, sinister, and dangerous doctrine. 
"Extension of movement" extends in all that quantity of 
electrons assembled. The expression : "integration of matter," 
should be preceded by the sentence or phrase integration of 
electrons into matter. Disintegration of matter back into 
original electrons is now daily accomplished in physical lab- 
oratories in Crooke's vacuum bulbs. And Nature does the 
same with disruption of radium salts. 

GREEK PHILOSOPHY 

The central teaching of Plato was that Mind is not only 
far more exalted than body, but existed before it. Mind not 
merely exists as or in the Creator; but in all objects. Mind 
original clothed itself with a material body as the Universe of 
things; and Mind in suns, moons and stars existed before the 
material forms in which they afterward manifested. This is 
the theory laid down in the Timaeus. 

The platonic "immutable ideas" is refined and beautiful: 
that is, there are absolute ideals, truths incapable of change. 
And another is that 2^Iind is not a compound, hence cannot be 
separated or dissolved, into elements. All matter can be re- 
solved by the hand of man back into electrons by means of 
high pressure electricity,, but Mind has no elements assembled 
into a combination. ^lind with Plato is the originator of life. 
Mind is the only reality in existence; for matter comes and 
goes, is assembled and separated. Mind causes men to move, 
and it also causes worlds to move. The Creator is a person 
with Plato and perfect; and does not mutate. The Creator of 
the Universe by the establishment of order and law in chaotic 
matter. This should be laws of atoms in the sphere of created 
electrons. No cause resides in matter. Now the expression 
is : No cause resides in electrons, it exists outside and directs 
them. The changeless ideas of Plato, are what in this book 
are called phrenoids or mentoids. And the words models, pat- 
terns, plans are used because there are no others. And they 
are all immaterial, and mental. 

"Therefore, that only which moves itself, since it does not 
quit itself, never ceases to be moved, but is also the source 
and beginning of motion to all other things that are moved. 
But a beginning is uncreate; for everything that is created 

888 



must necessarily be created from a beginning-; but a begin- 
ning itself, from nothing whatever; for if a beginning were 
created from anything, it would not be a beginning. Since, 
then, it is uncreate, it must also, of necessity, be indestructible; 
for, should a beginning perish, it could neither itself be ever 
created from anything, nor anything else from it, since all 
things must be created from a beginning. Thus, then, the 
beginning of motion is that which moves itself; and this can 
neither perish nor be created." Phsedrus, p. 352. This mas- 
terpiece has never been upset; nor can it be. That which 
moves itself, is surely the only Eternal, the Prime Mover, 
the beginning of motion to all other things that are moved. 

Arcesilaus, the Greek, founded a new academy, after Plato. 
He denied that doctrine of the Stoics, ^'convincing conception," 
saying that from its nature it was incomprehensible and con- 
tradictory. He does not state whence came the conceptions 
whether in from afar, or within his own personality; whether 
impressed on the mentality from some impulse within or by 
an exterior mental force. This philosopher could never make 
up his mind, taught the rejection of all dogmatic decision, and 
held that we must decide and judge on the grounds of prob- 
ability. This has its modern echo in "we are creatures of cir- 
cumstances"; and "life is a series of happenings." 

Aristotle, the Greek, 384-322 B. C., "the strongest of the 
ancients," "the master of those that know"; who "aspired to 
that cultivation of universal knowledge for its own sake, in 
which he attained a distinction without parallel in the history 
of the human race," actually taught the utterly fallacious 
theory of activity. And his Philosophy Prima has influenced 
thought during twenty-two centuries, together with the 
Organon and other refined "esoteric" and "exoteric" lines of 
philosophic reasoning and purely metaphysical speculation. 
Indeed, it is strange that one who discovered the laws of deduc- 
tion under which Mind acts, should have been lured by the 
wiles of activity. His deductive reasoning became conscious 
of itself; and in all of his studies in logic. Could Aristotle have 
had the bolometer, telespectroscope and telespectrograph, the 
telecamera, the micrometer, microscope, polariscope, induction 
coil, rheostat, thermograph, barometer and electric circuit, he 
no doubt would have laid down laws now at the ])ase of 
modern astronomy, physics, electricity and chemistry. He 
had none of these and depended on pure action of Mind for all 

389 



of his long historic deductions. Thus : "A, B, and C draw 
iron ; A, B, and C represent all magnets ; therefore all magnets 
draw iron." Aristotle could not prove that three magnets 
represented all others; but it is true; and magnets can main- 
tain the drawing process forever, so far as science is now able 
to perceive, without a loss of force. Could this Greek men- 
tonomist have known this remarkable fact, doubtless he would 
have established a far different system. With the telescope 
and mathematics he would not have placed the earth in the 
center of the structure of planets and stars. And could one 
glimpse of the fact of existence of electrons have flashed into 
the Mind functioning in the brain of Aristotle, the scientific 
career of man from that auspicious moment unitl the appear- 
ance of Kant, would have been diametrically opposite to what 
it has been. His "Unmoved First Mover" and the "Ever- 
moved," the evermoved being the celestial vault, would have 
become Creator and the original quantity of electrons. His 
generation and destruction, hot, cold, wet, dry, air, water, 
earth, pairs of opposites, active and passive, primal fire, all 
and more would have resolved into Creator and electrons. 
His long search for "substance" would have ended in the 
ocean of electrons. It is a sad fact in philosophy that he did 
not give due consideration to the views of great men before 
his time, notably in his writings against his great precursor, 
Plato, B. C. 429-347. 

He antagonized the basic element of universal knowledge, 
namely, the basic teaching of Plato, in his everlasting theory of 
Ideas, for Plato's theory of "forms" and "ideas" is that they 
are real, being derived from the action of Mind. Thus the 
"greatest philosopher" denied the foundation of all real and 
true philosophy. Aristotle's theory of sensible material par- 
ticles, each unlike, but having within the power of change or 
change of direction or rate of motion, is rank activity, and is 
here dismissed without argument. For electrons are precisely 
alike. Aristotle's geometrical forms, and numerical entities, 
that is, numbers, 1, 2, 3, 4 to infinity could ever be reasoned 
upon apart from matter, but incapable of existing outside of 
matter. This is the limit. How could geometrical forms and 
figures be reasoned upon apart from matter if they could not 
exist apart? The cardinal truth, enduring as adamant, is these 
forms so familiar to geometers can and do exist outside of 
matter. And they existed in Mind before the formation of 

390 



matter from electrons. And in fact, matter could not have 
been formed even into atoms without preceding thought- 
forms. This because atoms possess forms and as many as 
there are chemical elements — phases of matter. Circles, 
squares, triangles, rhombs, trapezoids expressed in matter 
could not be without antecedent symbols or patterns in Mind. 
To me, this is so completely self-evident that to merely state 
it is to proclaim its truth. 

The idealism taught by Plato reduced all to Ideas in the anni- 
hilation of matter, motion and variation. Aristotle, to avoid 
this hypothetical resolution of all matter to ideas (thought- 
forms), invented "potential" Thus at a time potential did not 
exist because it possessed no properties. Then it changed and 
became real, energy came into existence. But this appearance 
of energy could not occur without preceding potential. The 
Universe of Aristotle is continuous like an ink line, the first 
end is pure potential — matter without form or qualities ; at the 
other end is pure unconditioned actuality, the ever existent, 
for all such terms, actuality, conditioned, existent, reality, 
I substitute the word Creator. I would change this sentence 
to read: The Universe is subject to formation, evolution, 
mutation and dissolution. The first end was the col- 
ossal sea of electrons, without form or qualities belong- 
ing to electrons; at the other end is unconditioned electrons, 
the not ever existent, but the first creations of the Creator. 
Before electrons Mind, then electrons, next the Universe, and 
after its dissolution as such, electrons, and if they are anni- 
hilated — ^lind. For "potential" the word Mind is here writ- 
ten. Aristotle must have heard of Hindu philosophy, as he 
conceives of — (the Creator) absorbed in self-meditation. This 
is pure Aryan. Man does not fall within the sphere of Nature, 
he is somewhat superior, and by means of reason has direct 
connection with the eternal. Should read }^Iind in man is an 
integral part of the Original Mind, the Creator. 

THE CREATOR THE CREATIVE MIND 

The beginning is uncreate, then electrons were not the be- 
ginning of all that exists; they were created. Then Mind is 
uncreated. Electrons are the beginning of created substance, 
whence matter was formed. True, everything created must 
be inevitably created from a beginning, from no thing. The 

391 



only entity filling this condition is Mind. Mind functioning 
in man is so constituted that it cannot think of a word to 
substitute here for the word Mind. Then by inexorable logic, 
not open to attack anywhere, Mind is the Creator. And no 
word in any language can be used in place of the word Creator. 
Mind within the mortal frame of man cannot even commence 
to think of any other word than Creator; nor sense any other 
Creator not Mind. This is inherent, the beginning, middle 
and end of all argument. And all thunders of false logic 
cannot prevail against it, nor pseudo rhetoric nor sophistry. 
Plato must certainly have believed in directivity. At all 
events, he believed in the existence of a Creator: "It is a 
difficult thing to discover the nature of the Creator of the 
Universe, and being discovered, it is impossible, and would 
even be impious to expose the discovery to vulgar under- 
standing," said Plato. And Plato actually believed the 
Creator to be intelligent, for Phaedo reads, p. 117: "But, hav- 
ing once heard a person reading from a book, written as he 
said, by Anaxagoras, and which said that it is intelligence 
that sets in order, and is the cause of all things, I was de- 
lighted with this cause, and it appeared to me in a manner 
to be well that intelligence should be the cause of all things, 
and I considered with myself, if this is so, that the regulating 
intelligence orders all things, and disposes each in such a way 
as will be best for it." From this it is clear that two of the 
world's greatest philosophers adopted the theory that the 
Creator is intelligent. But intelligence is Mind. The chief 
tenet of Plato, one so high that it is an order of itself is that 
of inherent innate ideas — noemata. To these ideas the name 
given by him the eternal (paradeigmata), were types and 
models of all things, and to the (archai) or principles of our 
knowledge we refer the infinite variety of individual objects 
presented to us." Now these innate ideas in the Mind func- 
tioning in the human phase are known to be thought-forms. 
Thus, it is impossible to think without thinking of a form, 
or still more refined, thinking a form or model. Then the 
Creator thinks in forms, or forms. Then there is only one 
kind of Mind in existence : omit the word kind, and there 
remains one Mind. The reader may think that there is 
more than one kind, type or action of Mind. Take the mul- 
tiplication table in arithmetic ; there is only one way of learn- 
ing it. Of all the billions of human beings that ever lived 

392 



they all, if striving to memorize this table had to use the 
same mentation. So of all mathematics from addition to 
quaternions. So of all things within the entire range of 
thought. Then the Creative Mind is of precisely the same 
nature in producing equations, as that residing in those who 
solve them. Then only One Mind exists. This is divided 
into an infinite number of parts, and a number of these mani- 
fest in the brain cells of man. This is Hindu philosophy and 
existed long before Plato and Anaxagoras. 

But a thought-form is a phrenoid or mentoid. A quadri- 
lateral or pentagon in space composed of the traditional lines 
without thickness is a thought-form a mentoid. So is the 
thought-form of a human being, or amoeba in the original 
Mind. Creative Mind — Mind. For if Plato were here now, 
beyond all doubt, he would say : "Electrons are the correct 
entities to be developed into form by mentoids." Of course 
he, the mighty Greek, would say phrenoids. 

In the dialogue, the singular question is asked: "Friends, 
do you doubt how that which is called learning is remines- 
cence?" Phsedo, p. 85. This sentence is remarkable; for 
how does one learn by reminescence? How learn algebra by 
means of reminescence? Re, again and mimini, remember. 
Of course Plato did not mean this : the mystery of former 
existence in some way was manifesting in his mind. This 
subject will not be discussed in this book, "The Mind Maze." 

THE STANDING MYSTERY OF WORDS 

Pathy is direct from the Greek word pathos, derived from 
pathein, an inflection of pascho, suffer. To me, this derivation 
is filled with limitless wonders. Why base a word signifying 
thought-transference upon a root meaning to suffer, or suffer- 
ing? Can it be that man suffered to make his wants, desires 
and longings known to others by Mind processes before the ori- 
gin of words, of speech? Here is the full definition of the word 
telepathy given in the Standard Dictionary of the English 
language. Funk & Wagnalls Company; and all other defini- 
tions in this book are from the same source: "Telepathy, 
noun, the sympathetic affection of one Mind or person by an- 
other at a distance, through a supposed emotional influence 
and without any direct communication by the senses; thought- 
transference; telesthesia. Compare metapsychosis; mind- 

393 



reading. (Derived from Tele-and-pathy)." But pa thy is de- 
rived from a root expressing human suffering, and this suf- 
fix, pathy, ends many important words. Suffix is derived from 
the Latin word suffixus, fix from suffigo, figo, fasten and sub, 
under or below. Thus suftering is under, beneath and below 
all things human, as revealed in humanity's own language. 
Then the first men suffered to speak: suffered mentally before 
they could speak : suffered to open communication with other 
Minds before they had a word. This is submitted to the reader 
as one of the most astonishing facts hovering around about 
Man. Pathos, pathetic, are words describing the mental state 
of one trying to sp'eak to another, to communicate, and be 
unable to do so. Behold the deep mystery. It may be a clew 
which will lead to some remote, hidden and obscure gem — a 
mental diamond. The dictionary adds : see metaphsychosis : let 
us turn to that word, it may contain a hint or clew. "Meta- 
psychosis, noun. The action of one mind or spirit upon an- 
other without interposition of any known physical agent. 
Greek : metapsychosis derived from meta, over, and psychosis. 
See psychosis." Diet. The Greek lexicon thus defines 
"psyche, the soul; life; reason, disposition, inclination, propen- 
sity, apetite, character, activity, life, a person ; according to 
the Stoics, the sensitive, as well as rational, animating prin- 
ciple. From epsyche, perp. of psyche, to breathe. Psychosis, 
is also Greek for English butterfly. Psychosis. 

THOUGHT LANGUAGE 

Pathology\ Any form of mental derangement: especially, 
derangement due to some disorder of the nervous system with- 
out discernable lesion of parts, as by irritation (without lesion) 
of the brain and spinal marrow; neurosis of the intellect: 
sometimes applied to mere mental idiosyncrasy. 

]\Ientology and patholog}\ Any state of consciousness or 
tendency to such state, as distinguished from corresponding 
change in its physical basis. Psychosis, Greek, a giving life to, 
derived from psychoo. give life to, derived from psyche, and 
in Anglo Saxon, sawel, soul. The soul, or mind therefore was 
thought by the Greeks to be due to the breath, the breath of 
life. The word psychoplasm, noun. The physical basis of 
consciousness ; the material medium from which the physical 
organism is evolved : a mystical term meaning a hypothetical 



substance." Diet. But in these modern days this word psy- 
choplasm is tremendous : for it fits in most admirably with 
the late concept that the entire Universe, whether finite or 
infinite, is rooted and grounded in a mental base. 

For plasma Greek is derived from plasso — form : that is 
Mind forms all existing things. Indeed! in these researches 
we are reverting back to the Dorians, lonians, Pelasgians and 
back from these to the pre-Sanskritic Aryans, they who emerg- 
ed from trans-Himalayan uplands centuries before Epirus and 
the Peloponnesus were discovered. The roots of words are as 
filaments of pure gold, low descending. See this: path and 
pathway are both derived from this rock-hewn primordial 
word pathos, and this from the more ancient and distant 
word, pascho, sufifer. The entire pathway of man during his 
long, devious and erratic career on earth is a way of suffering. 
And now all these conscious mysteries are concentrated in the 
current word telepath, telepathy — to convey our longings, our 
hopes, fears and sufferings to a distance. The leading intel- 
lects of the world ought to take up this thread of gold, leading 
and luring us along within the maze, and discover every law 
and by-law of thought-transference. For all that is in man, has 
been, or will be, is in the realm of thought, of Mind : not wrap- 
ped up, but expanded and transferred to others. So vast, so 
deep, so wide is the meaning and ramification of meaning into 
hidden chambers of the Mind — this wonderful word pathos, 
that its definition is given in full from the dictionary. 

''Pathos: 1. Noun. The quality, attribute or element, in 
any form of representation or expression, that rouses emo- 
tion or passion, especially that which wakens the tender emo- 
tions as the feeling of compassion or sympathy; also, tender 
or sorrowful feeling. 2. In art, the quality of the contingent 
and evanescent phenomena of life, as the facts of personality, 
individuality, human passion or emotion, that the artist's con- 
ception embodies or concretely expresses ; opposed to the qual- 
ityof the ideal." And it was indeed pathetic for early humans 
in the most remote epochs of the past, ill in the night, lost and 
alone in the forest deeps, or in trouble of any kind, in dark- 
ness, to try to speak, having no words. Articulate sounds 
made before the "quaternary," crystallized into roots of words. 
By studying and comparing these one with another, by races, 
tribes and kindreds, we can now peer into primordial types 
and phases of mentation. Thus the study of language is of 

395 



prime importance to mentalists. See along down the columns 
of a dictionary and be surprised at the great number of terror 
words, night words, exclamations of surprise, fear and horror 
before man knew how to use fire and strike a light. The entire 
career and civilization of mankind, language, law and re- 
ligion would be vastly different from what they are now, if 
matches had been in use in primordial caves and jungles, 
along river banks and the ocean shore. The mystery of it all 
is, how did hair-covered creatures, with tusks, of which our 
incisor teeth are the remnants, living with cave-bears, the 
mammoth and mastodon in deep tangled wild woods, utter 
sounds which have survived as indestructible roots of words 
now in use in the highest society, in universities, and in high 
literature. This book is now being written for the purpose of 
speaking of primitive mysteries, and this without hope of solv- 
ing them. The word pathos may have been coined by ad- 
vanced Aryans ; but it is based on pascho — suffer. The first 
Aryans must have suffered. In the Greek English lexicon, in 
a long definition of pascho, its derivatives and cognate words^ 
there are these words and terms : to suffer, to be affected with, 
or experience joy or sorrow, good or bad fortune, to be af- 
fected toward another, to have love or affection, passion, an- 
tipathy, sympathy, and pity. Pas is the name a Greek infant 
called its father, derived from pao — to feed : and this root has 
been cut to form the English word pa. But then a in the 
earth's first forests was the cry of one calling for help ; and a 
followed by the aspirate, rough breathing or our modern h, 
became ah, surprise, wondering, longing, wishing: while a,, 
preceded by the breath or h sound, became ha ! laughter. Thus: 
fears and tears, mirth and joy, these emotions of such wide, 
yet near difference depends on aspiration before or after won- 
derful a : Thus, pas, pao, father, feed, forms half of the word 
pascho, to suffer, precisely as if fathers suffered in primeval 
days to feed or secure food for their children. This ancient 
type and form of suffering, agony and solicitude, is intense and 
acute now among the poor. And it is rapidly increasing its 
pain. For no clew to the real nature of Mind can be had 
without tracing words to primeval roots. If man is eternal, so 
are his words. From this it appears that original thought is 
everlasting; for let man exist on earth indefinitely, and make 
continuous changes in forms of speech : let him modify as he 



396 



will: make countless inventions, think new thoughts, coin new 
words: then he forever will be unable to extinguish or de- 
stroy a primeval root pre-Sanskritic, Hamitic or Semetic. 

EMANATION 

The word emanation is from Latin e, out, and manare, to 
flow, and literally means to flow out. Then everything that 
flows out is derived from whatever is within. Call all within 
primary, then all issuing or flowing forth is secondary. This 
ancient hypothesis takes no account of a Creator, will or 
volition. Emanation may be compared to the flow of a spring 
or a fountain. A primeval source of flow is admitted; and 
this is changeless in quantity or attributes. Emanation teaches 
that the series is descending, the source of all is of high 
grade; but all that issues is lower in the scale. The original 
source, or entity does not enter the external world, only 
emanations from it. The Sanscrit, or ancient Aryan Hindu 
literature is a source of the theory of emanation, but passages 
are obscure, in meaning. All things from the first matter 
down to man is a descent. The expression "descent of man," 
can well be used in writing of emanation. The chief doctrine 
of emanation is that the primordial source is not dimin- 
ished by processes of emanating. A magnet of steel can mag- 
netize other steels forever without loss of power. Wisdom is 
an entity described as emanating from the original source ; 
but wisdom is a Mind-word; showing that the ancients both 
Hindus, and other Aryans, down to Greeks conceived of 
Mind within primal things. The knowing ones, the Gnostics, 
taught the action of Mind in all their cosmic concepts. The 
term "throwing off" perpetually without loss or diminution 
was a tenet of the doctrine of emanation. A mighty primor- 
dial Unity is the source of all diversity, without any limit, at 
least minus limit in time. The first result of emanation is that: 
this mysterious entity thinks. The flowing continues: emana- 
tions emanate, and these likewise ; but the scale is not one 
of progression to the higher but lower. Mindless matter is 
finally reached. But the original source thinks ; or at least, 
the first emanation has the power of thinking. A phase of 
this theory is that the emanations from the primordial cause 
were created. They were created and then emanated. A 
refinement of this was that the act of proceeding or emanating 

397 



from was an act of creating. Then why does not this mystic 
theory of things handed down to us from remote antiquity 
correspond to the doctrine of mentoids, thought forms or 
bodies? The Hindus and Iranians, the Greeks and Latins, 
were not aware of the existence of electrons. Had they 
been, they might have imagined them to be at times assembled 
into thought bodies. 

Some of the Greeks taught that emanations could not pro- 
ceed one to another; but that all came separately and directly 
from the original source of all emanations whatever. Others 
compared emanations to rays of light, teaching that light 
emanates from its source without decreasing the original ; 
not aware that the production of light calls for a supply of 
energy, manifesting as light radiation. 

Leibnitz, with his derived monads, includes the theory of 
emanation ; these emanated "moment by moment," from the 
great original monad. The expression created and derived 
monads, may be changed to created electrons, and their sub- 
sequent assembling into atoms and molecules, always preceded 
by mental forms of these atoms and later molecules. Emana- 
tion held sway over many penetrating minds during many 
centuries, but finally gave way to the theory of evolution. 

This eternal outflowing has fascinated many philosophic 
minds ; and given rise to a large and elaborate branch of the 
world's speculative literature. Its influence is small now, and 
ever waning. 

MENTONOMY THE HIGHEST SCIENCE 

It is well for a scientific man to be all wrapped in his fa- 
vorite science ; so thoroughly absorbed that his science is 
pre-eminently the fundamental and all others mere branches. 
To an enthusiastic astronomer, his science is the most import- 
ant of all, and the others are subsidiary. The electrician may 
think that the study of electricity. Nature's mysterious enigma 
is of transcendent importance not only in solving the "Riddle 
of the Universe," but in the work of human betterment. The 
biologist would then assert that the study of life and its 
properties in endeavor to discover its origin^ is greater than 
all other studies combined. But then comes the mentonomist 
with the declaration that Mind is so far more magnificent 
than any other entity in existence ; that the Science of 

398 



Mentonomy, the Law of the Mind, is the one and only study 
of supreme importance, beside which all others are insig- 
nificant branches only. All roads lead to Mind ; all discoveries 
are to be valued entirely in their capacity of adding to knowl- 
edge of Mind. Since this is a book on Mentonomy, let Mind 
be the highest and reign on every page in regal majesty and 
power. 

There is an air of mysticism around and about the very idea 
of studying one's own mind : the mystic personality appears 
before the researcher's mental vision and the student scarcely 
knows where to begin. Suppose that we desire to know the 
complete history of the United States ; then we must study 
all history of its past, even to the discovery of America. 
Would we know of the present state of the Mind in man, 
we must explore its distant past, and search for its properties 
and powers backward to primitive times. If possible, as in 
the case of geology, find fossil thoughts ; those discarded 
in the progression of the race for knowledge. Study infancy, 
youth, adolescence, maturity and old age of races and nations. 
Each Ethnic type, has a distinct mental personality. But a 
greater plan of research is to study individuals through all 
these phases. These processes are called letrospection, in- 
trospection, retrovision, revision, recall, analysis, recollection, 
and assembling. These are to live over again the past, and see 
again latent mental forms. Retrovision and introspection 
are indeed fascinating. Retrovision means: 'looking, or the 
power of looking back, or especially a supposed power of 
seeing unknown events in the past." Supposed, only, no 
longer, it is now known to be true in the cases of certain types 
of Minds. The important question arises are thoughts recalled 
really unknown? May they not have long been latent merely? 

RETROVISION 

Retrovision and revision, seeing forgotten scenes again, 
has for ages been the great insoluble problem of mentalists. 
So vast is this subject that the entire world wide and very 
ancient doctrine of reincarnation, the successive reappearance 
in different brains of the same Mind or mental personality, 
and hypotheses of subjective, subconscious, unconscious, and 
subliminal Minds are based upon the mysteries of retro- and 
re-vision. The word introspection means : "the act of looking 

399 



within; specifically, the act of observing and analyzing one's 
own thoughts and feelings or the contents of the conscious- 
ness." It is to look within, and is one of the most valuable 
attributes of the human phase of Mind. Also a beneficent 
mental exercise, one having great power for good, for discip- 
line, and self culture. It ought to be engaged in by all who 
wish to make themselves better and be the more able to 
avoid mental errors and cast them out if they find lodgement 
within. It is to know thyself. 

Memory from days of early childhood even to old age, is 
a remarkable fact in Mentonomy; scenes of long ago, will 
be more vivid than recent. Voluntary recall can be trained 
so that it will be possible to summon these apparently latent 
and slumbering mental impressions. 

Retrovision is comparable to the sinking of a sounding 
line into the depths of the ocean. The very fountains of 
great mental deeps are opened and they pour forth floods of 
thought to be forgotten things. Actually, when re-vision is 
highly trained and nurtured, it seems at times as if one were in 
touch with another personality in the brain. Dual minds have 
been advocated by some mentalists, the theory being based 
upon this strong impression of a personality, one having stored 
or memorized what the other has failed to store — forgotten. 
The real foundation of the Mind in man lies in the unac- 
countable facts of retrovision, recall and introspection : for 
without these we would not be aware of this apparent other 
part of the self, or another personality within. Persons have 
been overheard when holding animated conversations with 
themselves ; or with their own self, or with their *'other mind," 
other half, or separate self. These are obscure terms and 
the hope is here expressed that they will be all traced out, 
analyzed and reduced to laws, to set and rigid laws of per- 
sonality. Is there a hidden key to the perplexing question 
of the person? Surely retrovision is not governed by chance; 
nor is it a fortuitous and fugitive property of the Mind in 
humans, but a deep and permanent law. Retrovision and 
introspection appear to be exalted above ordinay memory, 
and advances in Mentology are due to move along these 
now obscure pathways leading and luring onward into mystical 
mental realms.. 



400 




Rich Region in the Milky Way — In the Southern Constellation Sag- 
ittarius. Between 30,000 and 40,000 stars are impressed upon this 
negative — all huge suns. Each may be surrounded by inhabited 
worlds, like our star — the sun. Taken by Astronomer E. E. Bar- 
nard. 



THE EMOTIONS 

This vast subject cannot be approached by one having a 
glimpse of its magnitude without a feehng of awe. It is 
majestic, comprehensive and inspiring. Individuals, society, 
states, nations have been rocked by emotions ; and this 
throughout all historic time. All wars are based more or less 
upon human emotions; and all religions. When emotions 
suddenly assume sway, dominion and power, all humans 
affected are tossed as restless waves of the sea, or rocked as a 
baby's cradle. Only one faculty, attribute or quality of the 
human mind approaches emotions in intensity and that is the 
gigantic power — mathematics. But the emotions are the 
stronger. Mathematics cannot toss, rend and heave a nation : 
Emotions can, and have, often. In the outset, recourse must 
be had to the all powerful and magic wand — language. Be- 
hold this : Emotion consists of the Latin e, out and moveo 
— move. This is simply astounding: Telepathy seems to be 
involved; for let one be set within some deep emotion; then 
others quickly become aware of the fact, and this in less time 
than to become cognizant of the fact that another person is in 
the midst of a line of reasoning. Emoveo is as completely 
mystifying in its origin among the Latins, or their predeces- 
sors, as is the mysterious word pathy. Moving out? Who, 
or what moves? What were the Aryans thinking when they 
made the everlasting word emoveo? Were they at the north 
base of the Himalayas, aware that an entity within man had 
power to move out, or send force, mental force, to a distance? 
Had they become aware in those early days of the existence 
of a person? Mentalists should explore every root of Aryan 
speech ; and of every other race, for that matter. For incredi- 
bly important, fascinating and wonderful, is the history of the 
appearance of a word. But no history, not even of one 
archaic root word has been written, to this date, IQIL I have 
no hope whatever of being able to analyze that complex, 
human emotions. A skilled chemist, in a modern laboratory, 
having at hand the entire eight-eight, at present known ele- 
ments, or phases of what we call matter, and armed with 
spectroscope, microscope, bolometer, and retort, has before 
him a task of kindergarten proportions when compared with 
the work of an analyst of the emotions. A kinetic personality 
at once appears before one who begins to explore. Since no 

401 



clew has been so far secured as to the nature of the human 
personality, it at once becomes necessary to watch with the 
earnestness of a detective lest a hint might appear and be 
lost before noticed. If one trace of the mode of action of one 
personality, one mentality upon another could be secured, it 
would no doubt lead into a corridor within the maze that 
possibly might open into another. A mentality in the brain 
thinks a w^ord, and orders the vocal organs to speak it. An- 
other mentality hears it, and thinks the same thought. How 
this is accomplished is totally unknown. But words have been 
thought and sent to the mentality of another without being 
spoken. And how this was done is of course utterly unknown. 
It stands out, therefore, as clear as day, that if the law of 
telepathy could be discovered spoken words would not be 
necessary. There are a number of excessively strange books 
in existence which teach in the most impressive terms and 
positive, that spoken words will some time die out, and 
thought-words take their places. All this depends upon the 
discovery of the law. Nothing can be done without. But the 
emotions are transferred in less time and with greater facility, 
than facts, logic and mathematics. This is also inexplicable. 
I have now been writing this article on the emotions during 32 
minutes, and have not even touched the knob of the door of 
the first passage, or chamber within the Mind maze. No 
doubt the emotions are based and founded in consciousness, 
and form a large proportion of the structure of the self in man. 
This sentence is indeed obscure, for the strange word self 
appears. Obscurity deepens and casts shades, since nothing 
is known of self. The Aryan Hindu Vedanta is the best 
analyzer of the emotions. A lifetime could be filled with a 
study of this splendid system of philosophy. For great was 
Badara3^ana, its mighty founder. Enmeshed in flesh, the emo- 
tion named desire is the first to appear. It is the most archaic 
and primitive. And it is even conditioned by environment. 
The answer given by Nature to desire is either pleasure or 
pain. These three are the fundamentals. All else in human 
emotion is based on these deep set rocks of foundation. But 
see this : desire is Latin, de, from and sider, star. Can it be 
that the first men thought they could receive from the stars? 

Twinkle, twinkle, little star; 
How I wonder what you are. 

402 



It is well that modern children repeat these words, first 
spoken in fastnesses around and about the Himalayas. The 
basic word desire includes anticipation, longing, wishing, hope, 
expectancy, wanting, fondness, love, anxiety, yearning, covet- 
ing, ambition, zeal, ardor, needing, solicitude, eagerness, seek- 
ing, and other similar words. Desire is seated within Mind- 
deeps and is inextinguishable so long as ]\Iind actuates brain. 
The extension and ramification of desire are complex beyond 
all hope of making explanation or analysis. It is the first emo- 
tion to rise above the wonderful and inexplicable horizon of 
consciousness. How discover the law of consciousness? Its 
dawn is in a microscopic bag or sack of glue filled with water, 
in which floats a still smaller nucleus. The ultra-microscope 
reveals everything in these nuclei, except that so long sought. 
— Life and Mind, or Mind and Life. Longing and hoping 
are Anglo-Saxon words. Anticipation is compounded of the 
Latin, ante, before and tapio, take, or anticipo. Thought is 
Mind sensing the coming or approach of fulfillment of desire. 
Expect is the Latin ex, out; and specio, see, and in the lexicon 
is view, look, sight, semblance, image, vision, or the appari- 
tion of something coming. 

Anxiety is Latin anxius, ango — distress. Yearn is Anglo- 
Saxon for eager; while solicitation is Latin, from sollus, en- 
tire ; and cieo, citus, excite. Thus the entire being is involved 
in desire. Ample proof could be given in the expansion of the 
innumerable meanings of the word love. To do this would 
fill a volume, for love includes the entire human. And hate 
is but the antithesis, the negation of love. Humanity centers 
and revolves around love. See this inexplicable mystery: love 
is a desire word ; desire includes the Latin Avord desidero, de, 
from, and sidus, sider, star. But sideros is Greek for iron; 
the chief metal for attracting magnetism. Steel retains mag- 
netism permanently; but steel is iron to which is added an 
infinitesimal quantity of carbon; and carbon is positively the 
most remarkable element known. It is the intimate associate 
with all life whether in plants or animals; it is seen glowing 
in the sun and stars, and blazing in diamonds. And diamonds 
are always involved in love episodes. Thus we have desire, 
stars, iron, magnetism, love, attraction, steel, carbon, diamonds 
in one cosmic-human circuit. Who are we? What do we 
really know of ourselves? There, that inexplicable word self, 
unconsciously appeared on this paper, sub- or super-con- 

403 



sciously. Surely we, the reader and I, are wandering and 
wondering within the depths of the ?vIind-AIaze. For Emo- 
tion means to move out. We have moved out of our usual 
environment, and plunged into a labyrinth filled with obscure 
ways. 

The object of writing this book is to discover laws of Mind. 
Archaic and ancient mysteries swing low. Protoplasm is 
the only living thing. It is composed of carbon, oxygen, 
hydrogen, nitrogen, and an excessively minute quantity of sul- 
phur. Without doubt the sulphur is there for some purpose. 
The protoplasm could not be alive without it. But the Greek 
word for sulphur is theion, derived from Theos, Divinity, 
divine fire, the Creator. We are at the bottom of the lowest 
passageway and stand facing the sealed door of a room — 
closed apparently to Man. Iron in the stars glows in their 
spectra as displayed in the spectroscope, and carbon also, while 
hydrogen is seen in every direction amid stars sunk in space. 
The brain is composed of carbon and water; but back of all is 
protoplasm, mostly water when involved in tissue. But sul- 
phur exists in brain. Electricity is a word derived from 
Greek, elektron, amber, because when rubbed it attracts all 
known substances, whence electrons, the absolute units of all 
existence. Brain is an electric machine. Doubtless gravita- 
tion is a phase of electricity. 

The word awakened appears here ; and by its presence opens 
the door to another limitless field for exploration. The word 
is not used here in the sense of being aroused from sleep, but 
from being latent, dormant, not apparent, yet really in exist- 
ence, and having potency or capability of exercising formid- 
able power, dominion and sway. Emotions are by far the 
most powerful forces so far known to act upon the human 
personality. I once awakened a latent swarm of bees, and 
fled to a place of safety. The emotion of rage dominated the 
angry thousands into fury. I saw a mob of men in a strike 
on a railway. Swaying emotions completely submerged rea- 
son. Discipline of the German army, that comoact machine, 
could instantly be wiped out by emotions. The reason of 
nations, of millions, has often been eclipsed by emotions. It 
is astonishing to study the rapidity of outbursts of latent emo- 
tions. The number of human emotions is unknown. The 
area has not been surveyed, nor has any list or catalogue ap- 
proaching completeness been made. This is because mental- 

404 



ists have as yet, scarcely commenced real analysis of Mind. 
For centuries, they have been confused, in thinking that man 
is more than Mind, Life and Body. He is not: he is a com- 
bination, temporarily of these three. 

The reader will observe that all mental studies have not yet 
been advanced to the dignity of classification — to that of a 
fixed science with set formulas. This is because the nature 
of Mind is at present unknown. 

No conjecture can be offered as to the probable length of 
time or amount of research that will be required to discover a 
clew to the nature of Mind. 

ACTION OF MIND AT A DISTANCE 

When we see any effect that evidently was caused by 
the action of Mind, we are sure of three things : Mind is in 
the effect: if not, immediately adjacent; or it acts from a 
distance. Since no entities exist whence matter is formed ex- 
cept electrons. Mind either exists within them, or immediately 
without, inconceivably near, or far away, it matters not how 
far. For electrons either know of themselves where and when 
to go, and how to work to build all structural matter; or are 
directed by Mind either near or afar. If Mind is within 
electrons they move by a process called activity: if without, 
they move and build by a process called directivity. Between 
the meanings of these two words there exists a gulf as wide 
as infinitude. No two words can be more unlike. For does 
the Master Mind exist within or without electrons? If Mind 
is within electrons — they possess infinite knowledge, wisdom, 
will and volition. For when this desire or will makes impul- 
sion, matter appears in space. If this primeval impulse ori- 
ginates from within, the act implies the existence of an actua- 
tor; if from without, a director. Since matter appears as a 
result the director must be outside of it. If the same result is 
due to an actuator, then the actuator is within the resulting 
matter. Then steel and stone contain Mind. The position 
taken in this book, is that Mind directs from without elec- 
trons, forever from the outside, and directs that they shall 
assemble and form matter everywhere in cosmic space. 

A clew seems to be within the grasp of man, and my argu- 
ment is here restated: electrons in the act of building an atom, 
either know, from within, how to build — which is activity — 

405 



or are directed by external knowledge — directivity. But ac- 
tivity, directivity, know, knowing, knov\^ledge, are mentological 
terms. Roots of human speech are as a diamond mine in these 
studies. Take the word intelligence for an instance, and 
search out its roots. Thus, Latin, intelligen[t] [s], ppr. of 
"intelligo," perceive, derived from ''inter" and *'lego," choose. 
Thus electrons actually possess power of choice; for when 
nascent, that is, at work building atoms, they choose, select, 
accept and reject. For an electron on its way to build one 
atom of mercury will reject and repel one on its way to build 
an atom of oxygen or carbon. But select, reject, choose, 
repel, repulse, are all mentological words. The word build is 
mental ; and how can building be done without knowing how 
to rear a structure? or being directed by an immanent director? 
It seems to be much more nearly true and reasonable to say 
that Mind resides in the exterior of electrons than within. 
For if without, this directive Mind is immediately adjacent to 
them. This is far less intricate and involved than to say, 
dwell within. There ! I have unconsciously inserted the 
word dwell. This is a living word. If allowed to stand here, 
then Vedanta is admitted, with its venerable assertion that 
all matter is alive. Everybody admits that creative force is 
alive — living. To say that Mind exists within electrons does 
not help in any kind of solution, for it had first to enter. But 
enter is a verb implying motion or activity. To say that elec- 
trons are broken up into smaller particles is to involve all these 
researches into inextricable confusion; for the only alternative 
is to assert that there are different kinds of electrons. But 
the original hypothesis was that there exists only one kind of 
electrons, and that nothing beside is in existence. Thus an 
atom of copper and one of titanium, or of sulphur, differ only 
in the number and direction of revolutions and specific speeds 
of their component electrons. This is the theory of all atoms, 
and of molecules. 

SPACE FLIGHT OF A NORMAL MIND BEING 

Suppose that a personality functioning as human (that is, 
existing in a human brain and body) be endowed with the 
known five senses in perfection and transported through space 
containing nothing but inert — that is, not nascent or working 
electrons. Then the enclosed Mind or personality would be 

406 



unaware of the existence of the infinite ocean of electrons. 
After traversing space in all directions, during many millions 
of years, let the eye finally be effected — that is, see light. The 
words directions, years and see, have no place here, but there 
are no others. Light enables the brain to see, really. But 
at all events, our space-w^anderer would think that matter had 
appeared. For electrons are invisible unless functioning as 
matter or striking other matter. A stream of electrons making 
impact on the platinum terminals in a Crooke's vacuum tube 
at once heat the metal to whiteness and light appears. Should 
the man moving in electronic saturated space feel heat, he 
would at once say that matter had emerged in being — into 
existence. Likewise, through the avenue of approach to the 
brain, hearing, smelling and tasting, any sensation or impres- 
sion received would be referred to the sudden formation of 
matter. 

The process by means of which electrons was formed in 
space is here called creation. I cannot think of any other 
word. The process is mental ; for there is no other word that 
can be employed. The object of writing these articles as 
stated previously, is to reason up to the inevitable existence 
of a Mental Creative Power — the base of Nature in the space- 
sea of electrons. Then electrons become dynamids, mentoids, 
or plasmoids, created protoplasm, the only organic substance. 

To assert that matter is eternal is as obscure as to say it 
was created. Mind noAv making expression in the phase 
named human, and in its present condition, evolution or rate of 
change, cannot think of the meaning of the word eternal, 
because the word implies without beginning, and the Mind 
functioning in the existing state of the brain of man is unable 
to think of the import of the word beginning. Neither is it 
powerful enough to begin thinking of the meaning of the word 
create. And it is hopeless to try even to think of the meaning 
of the word matter. Both may yet be encompassed by latent 
Mind units. 

The electronic concept of the base of matter, a doctrine only 
ten years of age, is now itself so complex that its founders and 
advocates are submerged by its wilderness of intricacies. 

I visited the magnificent session of the International Union 
for Co-operation in Solar Research, held on August 29 to 
September 3, 1910, in the Mount Wilson Solar Observatory, 
and saw one hundred carefully selected human beine^s from all 



407 



civilized nations. From early youth these men have all lived 
in the supernal heights of mathematics; their minds are 
trained with a severity and discipline more rigid than that of 
an army. Their mental powers are so great that others not 
exalted mathematicians and physicists, cannot think their 
thoughts, yet not on of these minds is able to think of a 
molecule, it is so inconceivably minute. More nearly hope- 
less it is to try to think of an atom, and still nearer impossible 
to think of an atom of hydrogen, the smallest and lightest 
body known until 1899. Then electrons revealed their exist- 
ence to great physicists and searchers in electricity. An atom 
of hydrogen is 1,700 times more massive than an electron. 
Here is difficulty again, for it is not known whether mass is 
the proper word to insert. Inertia may really be the true 
word. 

TELEPATHY 

Mind expressing in the human brain is now known to be able 
to act on Mind at a distance. No proofs will be given here. 
Modern mentological literature, reports of societies for mental 
research ; articles in magazines and papers, now being pub- 
lished in all parts of the world, are replete with attested and 
verified accounts of transmission of thought from personality 
to personality without material means. To these the reader 
is cited. 

The action of Mind on Mind at a distance without any in- 
strument will now be considered. And may the law of this 
phase of mentation be stumbled upon. A wide expanse in the 
mental world opens here : one worthy the attention of every 
student of Nature, whatever may be his special line of re- 
search. The study of this attribute or property of Mind, in 
search after its law, is of immense importance : for in this 
mental arena there exist possibilities for development and ex- 
pansion so great that many other world problems shrink and 
subside away into insignificance beside it. If telepathic forces 
exist and can be controlled and sent in any direction, with 
power to act, then the law must be found at all cost: and 
students endowed with critical and comprehensive ability may 
well engage in this fascinating and withal, intricate study. In 
this book the assumption is made that telepathy is under the 
reign of unalterable law. No rational research can begin with- 
out first tracing words used, far and away back to their 

408 



origin : to find what they were thinking who coined a word. 
For an original word, a primordial root of human speech, is 
more inscrutable and majestic than a sun sunk in infinite 
deeps of cosmic space. Telepathy is formed of two words, tele, 
Greek, translated into English far. But the word pathy leads 
and lures into the very depths, for deep within the mental 
maze only may be found the obscure roots, fibers and fila- 
ments of this amazing word. When within the witching hour 
of midnight, I look into the eternal space through the tele- 
scope : far-seeing, or far-vision, I often think of the possibility 
of ever being able to far-think, to send thoughts afar, and to 
express or impress them as far as one can see in the great 
far-seeing instrument, up here on the mountain. Why may 
not a law of telepathy be discovered that will tell how to send 
thoughts to Mars, Jupiter, Venus or Saturn, even while look- 
ing at them ; and enable the sender to impress these oscilla- 
tions upon any minds there, if such exist and are able to 
receive? 

MANIFESTING MIND 

The finer forces of the Mind and finer conceptions when 
they come stealing over the consciousness all unawares at 
times, especially of repose, should ever be heeded and treated 
with all the courtesy and consideration due to an honored 
and beloved guest or friend. They come almost in the capacity 
of special messengers bringing telegrams, or a letter with 
special delivery stamp. They are direct from Mind depths; 
they summon to introspection and retrovision. Unless pressed 
by important business, these comings in should never be 
ignored, nor suppressed. This is a grievous wrong against 
ourselves. Have you an ideal never matured? Listen to the 
mental summons; go, obey. As well disobey a subpoena to 
court as one of these. They seem like the presence of another 
personality. Finer forces, they come to those able to heed 
and understand, to lure and lead along beautiful paths, and 
in pleasant places, through flowery lanes and beside still 
waters. They want you to introspect, revise, recall and renew. 
They are your latent, silent and ever true friends and moni- 
tors. Obey. Retrospection, when fully entered, and its 
labyrinths explored, awakens the impression that one's life, 
consciousness, objective mentation is sinking into some deep 
of Mind. The word merging perhaps is better than sinking. 

409 



One feels the Infinite. When the inexplicable higher forces 
are in dominion one senses the Master Mind. These are the 
highest flights of the human Mind when manifesting in a 
brain. They are as breathings over Eden. When introspection 
reveals absolutely new things, scenes, times and events, not 
known to the part of the Mind or personality that is intro- 
specting and exploring the other; mysteries deepen. That 
is, the other part of the obscure self, has treasured something 
that made no impress upon the introspector. Positively this is 
no reflected entity, no reflex process : for reflection implies 
the existence of a reflector; as in the case of light from a 
mirror. Have we two sets of conjoined faculties? And these 
united by connecting fibers, filaments and tissues in the brain? 
So prominent are these facts, regarding latency of thought, 
and the awakening, that the ancients conceived the idea of 
reincarnation, the re-embodiment of conscious Mind, bringing 
with it a store of submerged memories, former impressions, 
fixed and set views and mental images up and out of the sea 
of existence. Would that the law governing all these won- 
drous things could be here and now discovered. Mind is not 
outside natural law; but is governed by itself. It is a law 
unto itself. Mind miay be divided into two grand divisions, 
knowledge and wisdom. We may possess great knowledge 
and not know how to use it. We then lack wisdom. Wisdom 
in the Mind in man in entirely experimental, gained by 
processes of trial and error. This series has been named 
evolution. The present high state reached by man and the 
entire sidereal Universe and all it includes, is due in every 
minute detail to the familiar system of trials and mistakes. 
To these errors and mistakes the word evil has been applied 
as a name. The astonishing fact stands out, in the very nature 
of all things evil had to occur. At least, in all that part of 
Nature with which man has so far come in contact. Wisdom 
then is merely correlation and assembling of units of knowl- 
edge, all gained by actual trial and adoption or rejection. The 
art of writing stores up knowledge gained by this plan of 
trial and error. The expression of the poets: "The ideal 
becomes real" is true, but it may be worded in this way: the 
real is ideal. Suppose that a tree comes to an end as a tree; 
the idea or thought of the tree, or a tree, still exists. If not, 
there could be no more trees. Then the term could be all 
the more rationally rendered the ideal is the only reality. 

410 



If so, the structure of Nature, the complete Universe, is 
rooted and grounded in the ideal, in ideas, in Mind. See this: 
not in the Master Mind absolutely perfect until every trial 
has been made, and a set of facts secured, a set of trials which 
upon repetition do not reveal a trace of error. The balance 
sheet has not been prepared, for trial and error are observed 
on all sides, especially in the case of man. May not man 
after an incredible number of trials become perfect? The 
subjective side of Nature is mental, invisible, intangible, but 
real. Mind and matter are positive and negative sides of the 
same unit, the Universe. Before matter: Mind and electrons; 
before electrons: Mind. 

EXPLORATIONS IN MIND 

It is wnth humiliation that the ablest mentalists, men w^ho 
have devoted many of the mature years of their lives to the 
study of Mind, must now admit that they know little about it. 
That is, of its properties. They know nothing about what it 
is, or its cause. Ignorance of these and of its true nature is 
supreme. 

All, therefore, that these scientific students are able to do, is 
to study attributes and phases of the world's standing and per- 
petual mystery — Mind. And the deeper they delve into the 
subject, the more intricate and elaborate becomes the maze in 
which they find themselves. It has come to pass that they 
have almost stopped searching for the cause as being unknow- 
able. 

Men have found the limits of Mind in certain directions. 
Thus, human beings cannot find out how many times larger 
the circumference of a circle is than its diameter. The search 
was abandoned years ago, and the problem declared insoluble. 
And the ablest mathematicians, after a struggle of centuries, 
are unable to extract the square root of 2. 

Mentalists are now, as it were, against a stone wall, a formid- 
able barrier incapable of penetration — the analysis of Mind. 
Great mentalists, as in the case of mathematicians regarding 
circles, have not yet formally acknowledged defeat, but it is the 
opinion of the writer that they may as well. For, in all prob- 
ability, it is beyond the power of man to find the cause of any- 
thing. 

411 



How thought is produced is unknown. No trace of informa- 
tion regarding the nature of thought has ever been discovered. 
None knows what it is. Hundreds of theories have been formu- 
lated, but not one has been demonstrated. The most promi- 
nent hypothesis at present is that thought is electricity. 

It is now known that we cannot begin to think of the mean- 
ing of the words., beginning or end. This language seems 
strange, for we cannot begin to begin. Difficulty is encount- 
ered in the outset, or in the beginning. We are in a maze or 
labyrinth already. And you can think for a year if you want 
to and without result. Therefore, beginning is unknowable, 
and end likewise. For if there are such entities, then the word 
eternity must be dropped from languages. 

It is hopeless for the reader to try to begin to think of eter- 
nity. He must fail ; for to be eternal there has been no begin- 
ning and there can be no end. Thus in a few minutes we have 
found three words that may as well be out of the dictionary 
as in — beginning, end and eternity. Neither can be contained 
in Mind in man, for one destroys the other. 

Infinity is another word that really does not aiiect our blinds. 
We may think that it does, but we are mistaken, for none is 
able to think about infinite space. Look closely into this mat- 
ter. If space is infinite, it has no beginning or end — that is, it 
is without boundaries. For mark a bounding line, then the 
word infinity vanishes. And at once the Mind asks, what is 
outside of the limiting line? ^lan has no hope of any answer. 
And the mighty maze becomes more obscure, with ever-deep- 
ening plot. 

We may "launch into the deep'' as far as we please, but the 
excursion will be useless. No discovery can be made. And, to 
the dismay of mentalists, they have found that we cannot think 
of a cause, or rather of the meaning of the words "first cause." 

If we make a powerful effort to think of any cause, the Mind 
tries to think of its cause, and again of another cause. It is 
known that thinking of causes of causes may be carried back- 
ward an infinitely long time without stopping. 

Notice, now, that we are in a corridor of a side labyrinth, for 
there cannot be an infinite time in the past, because there must 
be time in the future also. This would imply two infinities, 
which cannot be. 

Since it is utterly impossible to think of any kind of a cause, 
even one close by either our right hand or left, and whose 

412 



effects are seen with our own eyes, it is so hopeless to try to 
begin to think of a first cause that great logicians and mental- 
ists no longer make the effort. 

Take a highly disciplined Mind of any one of the world's 
great mathematicians, where one Mind contains more stored 
wisdom than one million other men's Minds, and watch what 
he does. He may let fall a sounding line into space year after 
year in search of solution of some mighty problem. He taxes 
his mental power to the extreme limit, retraces his steps and 
winds up the line. Before withdrawing in defeat he makes a 
mark similar to a figure 8 turned over on its side. All 
mathematical explorers agreed a long time since to thus mark 
the limit of their advance within the maze. This is to warn 
any other wanderer that it is no use to go farther in that di- 
rection. 

The meaning of the sign is infinity, and the ablest Minds on 
earth stop short when they see this appalling character in any 
mathematical book. Only the superficial, the weak ones, even 
try to think of eternity, infinity, beginning, end, center or cir- 
cumference, limits and boundaries or causes.. 

It is well, for those who make effort to think of these cannot 
even begin to think of the Mind of a mathematician. It is a 
sheer waste of time to try to center Mind on any of the trans- 
cendent subjects given above. 

Great mentalists do not, for they are only too well aware 
that they are all unknowable. But note the conclusion reached 
here. Is it not wonderful indeed that there are perhaps two 
hundred Minds now on earth so powerful that the Minds of all 
the others, millions on millions, cannot even begin to think 
about them? Wonders pile up, for indeed Mind may be the 
highest of all. If so, it cannot be a result, mere product of any 
physical, any kind of organic activity. True, the nature of 
Mind is unknown, but it does seem to be an entity far too elab- 
orate and refined to be a product. To me, it seems better to 
call it an original cause, and all other acts whatever effects. 

Evolution as taught by Lamarck, Wallace and Darwin and 
by a host of their followers contains new things made possible 
in biological, electro-chemical and embryological laboratories, 
by means of the microscope and other delicate instruments; 
but the great underlying principles were all embodied in that 
vast Aryan Hindu philosophy, Samkhya, founded by one of the 
world's great philosophers, Kapila. It spread all over India, 

41S 



Iran. Bactria, the Aryan states of Asia Minor and reached 
Greece. It still has many adherents in the Orient, in Europe 
and of late in the United States, and their number is increasing 
with the rapid spread of Oriental literature. 

Kapila had influence on later systems, and his mighty Mind 
awakened trains of thought in the blinds of Plato, Pythagores 
and Aristotle, for there is scarcely a doubt but that those "mod- 
ern" philosophers drank from deep springs opened by their 
direct ancestors, the great ones of ancient India. 

SCIENCE AND PHILOSOPHY 

It is difficult to find anything new in modern abstract philos- 
ophy and evolution is no exception. Kapila in his secluded hut, 
and in the forests of the Jumna and Ganges, taught his atten- 
tive students of the "eternity of matter." The most recent 
science teaches of electrons. "The Samkhya system of the 
sage, Kapila, explains the visible world by assuming the exist- 
ence of primordial matter from all eternity, out of which the 
Universe has by successive stages evolved itself." (Hunter's 
Indian Empire, p. 99.) 

Now, the latest tendency of science is to say that "primordial 
matter" does not consist of matter in the ordinary meaning, but 
of electrons of electricity in a motion so rapid as to be beyond 
all powers of imagination. Thus a common stone is made of 
electrons in rapid revolution around each other ; a piece of iron 
is of still more rapid motion, and a diamond of much higher 
rates. 

The only way to get at this is to say that if these electrons 
should stop revolving or of flying from one revolving set (an 
atom) to another, matter as we know it would cease to exist. 
For short, matter is motion of electrons. 

Kapila called this motion isvara, and his conception of it is 
one of the most wonderful flights of human thought. I have 
had in my hands perhaps 100 abstruse books on this fascinating 
subject. One human lifetime could easily be passed away in 
the refined labyrinth of any one of the six great systems of 
ancient Hindu philosophy — the great reservoirs, whence all 
later have been drawn — deep cisterns of mentality, on thought 
anew. 

We would call the system in "Western Thought" a remark- 
able philosophy in this : It seems to take for granted that pri- 

414 



mordal matter manages itself or evolves itself or builds itself 
into the visible universe or structure of nature roundabout, and 
palpable to our five senses. And the electrons, actually isolated 
in 1503, seem to know what to do, but really are directed by 
the Creator. Things are not what they seem to be. 

"This world was in the beginning darkness indeed; moved 
by the highest it became uneven." — From Masirayana Upan- 
ishad, V. 2." No knowledge is equal to that of the Samkhya." — 
Mahabharata, vii. 1167. But Hindu wisdom could fill these 
pages for the next twenty years. Suffice to say that every phase 
of evolution capable of being thought by modern men was elab- 
orated 4,000 years ago by the giant intellects of our Aryan 
ancestors in sight of the Himalayas. 

That is, in abstract speculation, and this without instru- 
mental aid, such as microscopes in modern discovery of cells 
in plants and animals. 

DIRECTIVITY— ACTIVITY 

The words directivity and activity were employed in an en- 
tirely new sense shortly after the discovery that possibly noth 
ing is in existence but electricity. And this in the form of 
primordial basic electrons. The new doctrine is that nothing 
exists but these excessively small bodies, and that they com- 
pose all things, all forms, suns, worlds, all objects thereon, all 
animals, all molecules and atoms, animate and inanimate. They 
move with the most incredible velocities, they build up objects. 
And now the reader is invited to look closely into this great 
modern generalization of science. 

I have used the expression ''they build up all objects" within 
the entire range of human experience, human sense aided by 
the most powerful instruments. This incessant, perpetual and 
apparently eternal work is in intense activity. Atoms fly to- 
gether and unite into molecules, and these wheel into place 
and form the most beautiful crystals with unerring precision 
and with amazing rapidity. I have watched them by the hour 
in rapid formation in high power microscopes. All the varie- 
ties, shapes and geometrical forms known to mineralogists form 
without trace of error, no matter how complex, how many 
sides and angles. And the rates of motion, the speeds of trans- 
lation through the liquids of solution are beyond imagination. 

415 



The process of building- up structual forms is very impressive 
to behold or contemplate. 

Now, the power behond it all is directivity. What is its true 
nature? There are two ways only of answering this question. 
The mysterious force is either inside the electrons or without 
— this is self-evident. But if inside, they direct themselves. If 
the reader admits that the directive force is within, then the 
powers of the human Mind in its present phase of evolution 
are at once exceeded. And of course exceeded if you admit 
that the force acts upon electrons from without. At all events, 
the force deals with electrons, atoms and molecules. These are 
the builders and workers. After molecules are formed they 
begin at once to build up masses large enough to be seen in the 
most powerful microscope. And then keep at work until they 
build worlds and countless suns. Electrons, atoms and mole- 
cules are all totally invisible in any microscope. 

But the nature of these bodies may forever be unknown, or 
the mind may expand far enough to be able to understand 
them. At present none knows what an electron is, but all facts 
tend to the belief that it is electricity. 

There is another mighty phase of this subject ; another point 
of view, another labyrinth in a new region of exploration — the 
mental. These electrons act precisely as though they know 
what to do, where to go and when to act. This is more won- 
derful than all else beside. To know is a property of a still 
deeper mystery than electrons — Mind. Now this much is cer- 
tain, the electrons either know how to build or there is a mighty 
builder in their immediate presence perpetually. An electron 
cannot rest for an instant ; it must move with velocities of from 
10,000 miles per second up to 186,380 miles in the time of one 
swing of a second's pendulum. How can an atom go to its 
exact place to build up a form or body without either knowing 
where to go or being directed by a power that does know? 
We cannot escape the word know. But it is improbable that 
electricity knows; yes, certain that it does not. 

We are standing on critical ground; if we say electrons know 
where to go, we assert that they are Mind itself, because there 
is no matter, i. e., what we call matter ifi an electron. If we say 
Mind directs them where to go to build, then we at once put 
the entire universe on a rigid mental base. And then we land 
in the middle of another maze ; electrons are made of electricity, 
if such an expression — "made of" — can be used in the connec- 

416 




Great Nebula in Orion — Attempted description, page 481. One of the 
most awe-inspiring objects in range of the most powerful Tele- 
cameras. 



tion. Then Mind is the maker. And the literature of the world 
is tinged with this idea at present. Then we have the new 
science — mentalism, greatly increased over all previous Mind 
study. It follows that there is only one kind of Mind, or, 
shorter still, one Mind. And the two words, "cosmic conscious- 
ness," keep appearing in papers and books now being published 
in all the prominent languages. This means Mind universal. 
Let us get back to earth again : Electrons — centers of force — 
have Mind within — that is, are Mind; or Mind is always in 
their immediate environment. There is no use saying "elec- 
trons move to build because they have to or must," for that 
would imply a director only. How would it do to put it in a 
very old word. Creator? This word has been out of fashion 
for some time, but is now being used again here and there. 
Then the director becomes the Creator. 



417 



PROFESSOR WEISMAN'S UNIVERSITY ADDRESS 

'*Forty-one years ago, when I delivered my inaugural ad- 
dress as professor of this university, I took as my subject, 'The 
Justification of the Darwinian Theory/ It is a great pleasure 
to me to be able to lecture again on the same subject on the 
lOOtli anniversary of the birth of Darwin. This time, however, 
I need not speak of justifying the theory, for in the interval 
it has conquered the whole world. In my former lecture I com- 
pared the theory of descent or evolution to the Copernican 
Cosmogony in its importance for the progress of human knowl- 
edge, and there were many who thought the comparison ex- 
travagant. But it needs no apology, now that the idea of evo- 
lution has been thoroughly elaborated, and has become the 
basis of the science of life, but if so, not a complete base. 

"The 'secret law' was the law of descent, and the first to 
advocate this idea and to formulate it clearly as a theory was, 
as is well known, also a Darwin, Charles Darwin's grandfather, 
Erasmus, who set it forth in his book, 'Zoonomia,' in 1796. 

"All these disputed the venerable Mosaic mythus of creation, 
which had till then been accepted as a scientific document, and 
all of them sought to show that the constancy of species 
throughout the ages was only an appearance due, as Lamarck 
in particular pointed out, to the shortness of human life. 

"In 1830 the final battle between the theory of evolution and 
the old theory of creation was fought out by Geoffroy St. Hi- 
laire and Cuvier in Paris Academy. Cuvier triumphed, and 
thus it came about that an idea so important as that of evolu- 
tion sank into oblivion again after its emergence, and was ex- 
punged from the pages of science so completely that it seemed 
as if it were forever buried beyond hope of resurrection. 

"Cuvier held fast to the conception of species created once 
and for all. 

"The ovum, now at last recognized as a cell, was seen to be 
a reminiscence of the descent of all higher animals from uni- 
cellular organisms ; rudimentary organs, such as the rudiment- 
ary eyes of blind cave animals, were found to be sign posts 
indicating the racial history of these animals, and pointing back 
to their sight endowed ancestors. This evolutionary view illu- 
minated the whole science of embryology and also comparative 

418 



anatomy, the understanding of the structure of animals. It be- 
came plain why the New Zealand Kiwi should have little rudi- 
mentary wings under its skin, although it does not fly. It is not 
in order that it may conform to an ideal of a bird, as was pre 
viously thought, but because its ancestors had possessed wings 
which were used in flight. Physiology also gained much, espe- 
cially the theory of reproduction, of heredity, of organs, of the 
cell, and especially of the nucleus. Anthropology gained quite 
a new interest after it was recognized that man, too, was a 
product of evolution. It was necessary to investigate the 
gradual becoming not only of the body, but of the Mind, the 
evolution of the Psyche and all that flows from it. Undoubt- 
edly the study of the psychology of animals is one of the essen- 
tial tasks of the future. Our greatest gain from the theory of 
evolution has, however, been the evidence it aflfords of the 
.unity of nature, the knowledge that the organic must be re- 
ferred back to the same great everlasting laws which govern 
the inorganic world and determine its course. Even if formal 
proof of this be still wanting, the probability is now so strong 
that we can no longer doubt it. It is not the theory of evolu- 
tion as a whole, but the active principle in it, the principle of 
selection, that is transforming and illuminating all our old con- 
ceptions. 

"The principle of selection has so often been applied in an 
inverted sense, as if the brutal and animal must ultimately 
gain the ascendency in man. The contrary seems to me to be 
true, for it is the Mind, not the body, that is decisive in the 
selection of the human race. 

"But it was Darwin with Wallace, who secured it (evolu- 
tion) its place in science and made it a common possession of 
mankind by working it out in all directions, and supporting it 
with another principle, that of selection, which explains the 
riddle of the automatic origin of what is suited to its purpose 
in nature. 

"There fell also the discovery, in animals and plants, of that 
smallest microscopically visible building stone of the living 
body, the cell. In botany progress was made and the discovery 
of alternations of generations, a mode of reproduction that had 
previously been known in several groups of the animal king- 
dom. 

"It was found that the proposition which had hitherto been 
accepted as a matter of fact, that an egg can only develop after 

419 



it has been fertilized, is not universally valid, for there is a 
develoDment without previous fertilization — Parthenogenesis, 
or ^Virgin Birth.' " — August Weisman, Scientific American 
Supplement, May 13. 1911, p. 298. 

BIOLOGY 

Greek, bios, life, plus logos, discourse, a talk about •life. 

When it was first written that ''protoplasm is the physical 
basis of life," no mention was made of Mind. Mind is a rare 
word in some books on biology; and in others that do use it, 
sufficient stress is not laid upon it. Of late, Mind is securing 
a hearing in such works as "Binet's Psychic Life of the Micro- 
organisms." The word "psychic" should be changed to the 
word mental. Thus the one great entity above all others 
within range of human cognition, the most exalted entity, 
the very one most intimately associated or connected with 
life, is not placed in front, but often in the middle or rear 
of advancing science. Omitting the mention of Mind by 
a biologist is roughly comparable to building a steam locomo- 
tive without a firebox. Positively, Mind is the only entity 
able to evolve. Well expressed in the homely saying: "Think 
new thoughts." 

The moment in wmich the ancient error of "the spontaneous 
origin of life" w^as abandoned was the one critical moment in 
biology, the auspicious instant when the mental origin should 
have been searched for by day and by night. Instead, all 
energies were concentrated in the physico-chemical, activity 
not directivity. Three medieval biologists, and microscopists, 
Swammerdam, Malpighi and Leeuwenhoek, believed in pre- 
formation and pre-delineation of the embryo. Spermatozoa 
with the latter were androgynous, both male and female in 
one. And he made imaginary drawings of these. No allu- 
sion was made, however, to the fact that pre-formation and 
delineation could not be wrought by any agency but Mind. 
Richard Owen's archetypes were approaches to the Mind-plan 
of Nature. Mind is so refined that its expression is in the 
most delicate nerve fibers, invisible in ultra-lenses and in 
yet unseen sense-organs. The actual habitat of Mind, like 
itself, so far as science can now determine, must remain in- 
visible. Then it must be studied by means other than those 
of seeing. These means and methods then, must all be mental. 

420 



Mental forms must be studied. These are as distinctly recog- 
nized as are the visual, due to light and transmission of visual 
images by optic nerve to the optic thalamus. The subtle 
"pneuma" controlling the body, of early theorists, is here 
called Mind. 

Johannes Muller joined physiology and psychology, making 
unfortunate use of the word psychology in place of mentology. 
How can it be said that looking still farther backward than 
chemistry and physics in the research into life, backward 
ever toward Mind, is mysticism? 

Vitality, living-force, life, are therefore not mystical, they 
are due to the action of Mind. Certainly Mind is mysterious 
in the ordinary meaning of the word. But mystery is derived 
from Greek myo, to shut the eyes, as when blindfolded candi- 
dates were being initiated into the mysteries, secret societies 
of all ancient nations, like those at Arsinoe, Eleusis, Samoth- 
race and Crete. Thus to shut one's eyes to the domination 
of Mind is to enter a mystery of some kind. Ultimate analysis, 
chemical analysis ends where mental begins. 

Every animal above the one cell beings, commences life in 
one microscopic cell ; and rises through all grades to the fin- 
ished adult. But the thought originally expressed in the first 
cell is never forgotten ; nor its outline, the pattern of the 
species. The "hyperphysical force" invented by early biolo- 
gists, that works in the cell and embryo is also here called 
Mind. 

"The eggs of all vertebrate animals, regardless of size and 
condition, are really single cells, likewise sperm. The tgg, a 
single cell, by successive divisions produces many cells, which 
continuing to multiply by division, not only increase in num- 
ber, but also undergo changes through division of physiolog- 
ical labor, whereby certain groups were set apart to perform 
a particular part of the work of the body. But the egg, 
before entering on the process of development, must be stimu- 
lated by the union of the sperm with the nucleus of the egg, 
and thus the starting point of every animal and plant, above 
the lowest group, proves to be a single cell with protoplasm 
derived from two parents." p. 223, Biology and its Makers, 
William A. Locy. 

But "set aside and division of labor," are entirely Mind 
processes. How can chronozoons apparently precisely alike 
in the highest microscopes, establish a division of labor? Work 

421 



to advantage in many different parts of an embryo, in as many 
different kinds of labor, building totally unlike tissues, nerves, 
muscles, and bones, surely and inevitably demands the action 
of Mind. No other explanation is tenable. The fact is, no 
other can be imagined. Mind divides the tiny laborers, and 
builders. And no other conceivable entity can perform this 
most remarkable division of workers. This is a basic, and 
cardinal fact in biology, unlike workers building completely 
dissimilar and unlike structures. 

GERMINAL CONTINUITY 

"The conception that there is unbroken continuity of 
germinal substance between all living-organisms, and that 
the egg and the sperm are endowed with an inherited organ- 
ization of great complexity, has become the basis for all cur- 
rent theories of heredity and development. So much is in- 
volved in this conception that, in the present decade, it has 
been designated (Whitman) ''the central fact of modern 
biology." Locy, p. 225. 

This is indeed a fundamental fact, but inheritance takes 
place in the chronozoons. These were all descended from the 
first one of each kind, type, species and form of living beings 
that ever existed on earth. Each chronozoon is today like 
the first one that developed into the first plant or animal 
of any given kind whatever. So impressive has been this 
fact to some writer that he wrote: "Cells are immortal." 
And they are surely the only entities destined to endure from 
the first on this planet to the last, whatever may be the 
thousands of years in between the beginning and end of any 

"Typical forms and special ends" is a good saying, likewise 
"conscious plan," but the word conscious has as many facets 
as an elaborate diamond. Species means continuity itself, 
so long as thermal and electrical conditions obtain on earth, 
conjoined with moisture and light. What can be inherited 
save models, types, patterns, and what entity can form a 
pattern but thought itself or Mind? Then the "central fact 
of modern biology" is Mind. 

"A statement of the cell-theory at the present time, then, 
must include these four conceptions: the cell as a unit of 
structure, the cell as a unit of activity, the cell as embracing 

422 



all hereditary qualities within its substance, and the cell in 
the historical development of the organism." P. 252, Locy. 

But limitless wonders center in the nucleus. Thus: 'Tt 
was discovered that the nucleus contains a definite number 
of small (usually rod-shaped) bodies, which become evident 
during nuclear division, and play a wonderful part in that 
process. These bodies are designated chromosomes. Atten- 
tion having been directed to these little bodies, continued 
observations showed that, although they vary in number — ■ 
commonly from two to twenty-four — in different parts of 
animals and plants, they are, nevertheless, of the same num- 
ber in all the cells of any particular plant or animal. As a 
conclusion to this kind of observation, it needs to be said 
that the chromosomes are regarded as the actual bearers 
of hereditary qualities." Locy 254-5. 

This is set and fixed proof of Mind manifestation. The 
mighty word **number" appears in the quotation. And the 
"same number" in any particular plant or animal." This is 
one of the greatest basic discoveries ever made; far greater 
than that of Neptune, 2,780,000,000 miles from the sun. 

Numbering, or counting, is absolutely a process of Mind 
and that alone. Two, four, eight, twelve, twenty-four posi- 
tively had to be counted. Every mathematician knows this 
to be true. More than this, — the fixed number of chromosomes 
in any fixed cell the base of any set species, type or kind 
of plant or animal, had to be pre-determined before counting 
began. It is useless to set up any denial, or evasion. I repeat 
and assert that the number of units destined to be enclosed in 
the nucleus had in the very nature of the problem to be de- 
termined before the formation process began. After it began, 
the units had inevitably to be counted. 

The central fact in biology is Mind. The remarkable body, 
the centrosome is by many thought to be a dynamic agent : 
if so it is also a mental agent. 

*Tn the case of fertilized eggs, one-half of the chromosomes 
are derived from the sperm and one-half from the egg. Each 
cell thus contains hereditary substance derived from both 
maternal and paternal nuclei," p. 257. The precise truth 
regarding inheritance. But a greater truth is the counting 
of chromosomes and accurate division into two halves. For 
pre-determination of dividing equally is manifest, then watch- 
ful care coupled with precision in counting and dividing. Thus 

423 



eevry word describing the beginning of a plant or animal 
is a purely Mind-word. 

"The establishment of the cell-theory was one of the great 
events of the nineteenth century, and further, it stands second 
to no theory, with the single exception of that of organic 
evolution, in advancing biological science," p. 258. 

Professor Locy here makes a subsequent process greater 
than its beginning. The beginning of anything is the chief 
fact in Nature. The beginning of organic evolution is the 
act of assembling chromosomes. Since Mind and only Mind 
began the work, it is Mind that continues it. Organic evolu- 
tion is a purely mental process. Thus the word evolution is 
inseparably joined to Mind. Then Mind primordial is itself 
in EVOLUTION, unfolding, i. e., thinking new thoughts. 
This is the real base of biology: Mind is the foundation of life. 

PROTOPLASMIC CIRCULATION 

Is it possible that the eye of man can behold anything 
more impressive, awe-inspiring and wonderful, than a dense 
region in the Galaxy in the deeps of a dark night in a great 
telescope? 

Forty thousand suns strewn as diamonds in the blackness 
of space at one view. What can be more exalted within 
range of the human eye? One view only can be more in- 
spiring and that is the marvelous motion of living protoplasm 
in a high power microscope. The incessant Brownian mo- 
tions of particles suspended in liquids, are impressive beyond 
the power of the speech of man to describe; but these flying 
fragments of matter do not contain life. But protoplasm is 
living and the motions are life-movements. 

The bottom of the Maze has been reached: an end of a 
corridor; and in front is a chamber whose door is locked 
and barred. What establishes this perpetual circulation of 
protoplasm; of microscopic particles thereof in revolution or 
in streaming? 

"It will be convenient now to turn our attention to the 
microscopic examination of a plant that is sufficiently trans- 
parent to enable us to look within its living parts and ob- 
serve the behavior of protoplasm. The first thing that strikes 
one is the continual activity of the living substance within 
the boundaries of the cell. This movement sometimes takes 

424 



the form of rotation around the walls of the cell. In other 
instances the protoplasm marks out for itself new paths, 
giving a more complicated motion, called circulation. These 
movements are the result of chemical changes taking place 
within the protoplasm, and they are usually to be observed 
in any plant or animal organism. Under the most favorable 
conditions these movements, as seen under the microscope, 
make a a perfect torrent of unceasing activity, and introduce 
us to one of the wonderful sights of which students of biology 
have so many." Locy, p. 261. 

Sometimes this rotary motion of the entire contents of a 
cell is in one direction ; at others, along cell walls in one 
direction, return through the center in opposite direction, and 
along the side of the opposite cell wall in the first direction. 
At times currents in the plasma, are in a number of opposite 
directions, thus keeping up a complex circulation. Now the 
fundamental question arises. What causes this most remark- 
able motion, and scries of motions in varying directions? 

Now I here write, assert and state that Mind, and Mind 
alone, starts and maintains this marvelous circulation within 
the cells of every plant and animal in existence. And this 
from the first to the last cell on earth. Chemical changes are 
not motions of translation and circulation whether a rotation 
of all the plasma v/ithin the enclosure, or streaming in all 
directions. 

Chemical action obtains only between atoms and molecules 
in their union to form compounds. But the particles immersed 
in protoplasmic matter are hundreds and thousands of times 
larger than molecules and atoms. And it does not appear 
that new compounds of carbon, nitrogen, etc., are being formed 
by rotation or any kind of circulatory motion. Chemical 
union of atoms occurs at excessively close range, the radii 
of the spheres of activity of atoms, or around atoms are 
exceedingly short, thousands of times shorter than are the 
paths traversed by particles in the interiors of cells — chrono- 
zoons. Since chromosomes in nuclei are counted, separated 
and divided, arranged and placed by Mind, all circulations 
and rotations are therefore due to the same magnificent cause. 
But then, chemical action wherever it occurs is likewise 
established by Mind. But the motions of rotation and trans- 
lation in chronozoons are not chemical in their nature. 

425 



BROWNIAN MOTIONS 

Brownian motions and the movements of spores as in the 
case of the plant protococcus are remarkable and worthy of 
elaborate study by means of micro-photography on moving 
picture films and high power projection. 

**The offspring of plants as well as of animals, resembles the 
parent, and among all organisms endowed with Mind, the 
mental as well as the physical qualities are inherited." Locy 
p. 305. 

I would say that all animals from the lowest microscopic, 
are endowed with Mind, and that Mind is inherited, but not 
qualities of Mind. Thus children of great musicians, have 
been unable to read notes ; and of mathematicians, to com- 
pute, in a number of notable instances. But the entire ques- 
tion of inheritance may as well be held ppen until the 
mentality called the personality is explored. Thus no adult 
person, even if the person is a skilled mentalist, knows any- 
thing of his own personality, to say nothing of the personality 
of any other person. By continued, arduous research, during 
the remainder of this the twentieth century, in human person- 
ality, some discovery, hint, clew, or suggestion as to what it is 
may be secured. No law of inheritance can possibly explain 
personality, mentality, individual Mind. The complex, here- 
dity will not be discussed in this book further than lo give a 
few opinions of eminent biologists. The first will be that ol 
the idioplasmic theory of the botanist Nageli, that the reader 
may compare methods adopted in attempted solution of this 
fascinating but intensely intricate problem. The problem is : 
has there ever been a continuous chain of germ-life transmis- 
sion from each chronozoon's beginning imtil now? 

HUMAN LABORATORY 

"Weismann's idea of germinal continuity, i. e., unbroken 
continuity, through all time of the germinal substance, is a 
conception of very great extent, and now underlies all dis- 
cussions of heredity. In order to comprehend it, we must 
first distinguish between the germ-cells and the body-cells. 

Weismann regards the body, composed of its many cells, as 
a derivative that becomes simply a vehicle for the germ-cells. 
The germ-cells are the particular ones which carry forward 

426 



from generation to generation the life of the individual. The 
body-cells are not inherited directly, but in the transmission 
of life the germ-cells pass to the succeeding generation, and 
they in turn have inherited from the previous generation, and, 
therefore, we have the phenomenon of an unbroken connection 
with all previous generations. 

When the full significance of this conception came to us, 
we saw why the germ-cells have an inherited organization of 
remarkable complexity. This germinal substance embodies 
all the past history of the living impressionable protoplasm, 
which has an unbroken series of generations. The applica- 
tion of the microscope to critical studies of the germ-plasm 
has brought important results which merge with the develop- 
ment of the idea of germinal continuity. Can we by actual 
observation determine the particular part of the protoplasmic 
substance that carries the hereditary qualities? The earliest 
answer to the question was that the protoplasm, being the 
living substance, was the bearer of heredity. But by close 
analysis of the behavior of the nucleus during development 
led. about 1875, to the idea that the hereditary qualities are 
located within the nucleus of the cell. This idea narrowed 
the attention of students of heredity from the general proto- 
plasmic contents of the cell to the nucleus. In 1883, Van 
Beneden and Boveri made the discovery that within these 
nuclei are certain distinct little rod-like bodies which make 
their appearance during cell-division. These, inasmuch as 
they stain very deeply with the dyes used in microscopic re- 
search, are called chromosomes. And continued investigation 
brought out the astounding fact that, although the number 
of chromosomes varies in different animals (commonly from 
2 to 24), they are of the same number in all the cells of any 
particular animal or plant. These chromosomes are regarded 
as the ])earers of heredity, and their behavior during tertiliza- 
tion and development has been followed with great care. 

Brilliant studies of the formation of the egg have shown that 
the egg nucleus, in the process of becoming mature, sur- 
renders one-half of its number of chromosomes; it approaches 
the surface of the egg and undergoes division, squeezing out 
one-half of its substance in the form of a polar globule; and 
this process is once repeated. The formation of polar globules 
is accompanied by a noteworthy process of reduction ol the 
number of chromosomes, so that when the egg nucleus has 



427 



reached its mature condition it contains only one-half the 
number of chromosomes characteristic of the species, and 
will not ordinarily undergo deevlopment without fertilization. 

The precise steps in the formation of the sperm have also 
been studied, and it has been determined that a parallel series 
of changes occur. The sperm, when it is fully formed, con- 
tains also one-half the number of chromosomes characteristic 
of the species. Now, egg and sperm are the two germinal 
elements which unite in development. Fertilization takes 
place by the union of sperm and tgg, and inasmuch as the 
nuclei of each of these structures contain one-half of the 
number of chromosomes characteristic of the species, their 
union in fertilization results in the restoration of the origmal 
number of chromosomes. The fertilized ovum is the startmg- 
point of a new organism, and from the method of its fertiliza- 
tion it appears that the parental qualities are passed along to 
the cells of every tissue. 

The complex mechanism exhibited in the nucleus during 
segmentation is very wonderful. The fertilized ovum begins 
to divide, the nucleus passing through a series of complicated 
changes whereby its chromosomes undergo a lengthwise di- 
vision — a division that secures an equable partition ot the 
substance of which they are composed. With each successive 
division, the complicated process is repeated, and the many 
cells, arising from continued segmentation of the original 
cell, contain nuclei in which are embedded descendants of the 
chromosomes in unbroken succession. Moreover, since these 
chromosomes are bi-parental, we can readily understand that 
every cell in the body carries both maternal and paternal 
qualities." Locy, pp. 312-13. 

MENTOGENESIS 

How one can read these results of elaborate researches 
and not see the immanent action of Mind is a mystery. The 
casting out of one-half of the chronozoons from the female 
ovum, and one-half from those in the male, is surely the action 
of selecting, discriminating, calculating and planning Mind. 
Counting the numbers in each germ ovum and sperm is 
positively performed by Mind, the only entity in existence able 
to count. Design, plan, foresight, will, volition, pre-forma- 



428 



tion and pre-decision are all on display here in absolute 
fullness and precision. 

Heredity, the transmission of inherited qualities from par- 
ents to offspring is positively a mental process. And equality 
reigns between male and female. Inheritance of acquired 
characteristics is not permanently true in any species of plant 
or animal. Characteristics of species are enduring from first 
to last on earth. 

For: "The hybrid, whatever its own character, produces 
ripe germ-cells, which produce only the pure' character of 
one parent or the other." p. 316. Pure, changeless, immutable 
germ-cells exist on the earth from beginning to end of the 
species. One can change lead into gold as easily as the prom- 
ordial germ-cell into another differing in specific characteristic 
of the species. The number of chronozoons is as changeless 
as are the set numbers in the arithmetical multiplication table. 
Thus let the horse evolve, change, mutate through a number 
of phases in genera and species, during any number of mil- 
lioni of years, then through all ; the original mentoid, phrenoid, 
tfiought-form of the horse has endured and will exist to the 
end. This is true evolution. The Mind plan changeth not. 

Then Mind is evolving, inventing, experimenting, mutatmg, 
progressing, advancing ever toward perfection — toward the 
absolute state. Master Mind. Not absolute Master of inven- 
tion, until all possible inventions have been made. And all 
possible changes rung in electrons. It is Mind that is evolv- 
ing. Then the theory of evolution becomes all the more 
magnificent. Thus thought-forms in geological succession 
become fossilized in rigid stone ; animals and plants are set 
in obdurate silicates. Other thought-forms, w^ords, become 
fossilized as it were, obsolete in lexicons, with the expansion, 
evolution or mutation of Mind nearer to heights sublime. 
Fossil plants, animals and words are all historic mentoids, 
or phrenoids; ideation, mentation, fixed and set as in plaster 
casts. 

The entire theory of ascent from protista to man, attempts, 
rudimentary and residual parts and organs whatever, are ac- 
curate expressions of phases, steps, changes advances in in- 
ventive Mind. For chronozoons were accurately numbered 
and counted. Monsters and monstrosities, freaks and abortive 
forms are all due to errors in counting or in some other way, 
mistakes, oversight, failure to do a certain thing, at the proper 

429 



instant, precisely as in the case of a train dispatcher making 
a lapse, an error, a mistake, or passing a moment in forget- 
fulness. And this too, makes the great doctrine of evolution 
the more exalted and sublime. With primordial things all 
absolute in perfection, there could be no expansion of >\Iind. 
No need of it, may be said if all is perfect. But there is 
need of advance, action, improvement, progression or stagna- 
tion would set in. This is the very nature of Mind. Thus 
gill-slits in the neck are comparable to obsolete words in the 
dictionary, and useless toes. And fascination increases as 
this biological and evolutionary study and mutational goes on 
apace, into deeper and wilder recesses Within the Maze. 

In subsequent pages the mental phase of evolution will 
become more and more pronounced. The only definition of 
evolution in this book is unfoldment. Within the ]\Iind realm 
this is known as the appearance of new thought and imagmg. 
In the material or mechanical realm, evolution is very crudely 
comparable to the unfolding of the petals of the rose. 
Imaginings in Mind become fixed in electrons and all subse- 
quent forms in which matter has been, is now assembled 
or may be in the future. Astronomical or cosmical evolution 
is to be treated in another volume ; organic, or life-forms in the 
remainder of this, or what is the same — Mind-forms, expressed 
or manifested in matter that contains life. 

An attack is here and now made upon the doctrine, theory 
or hypothesis called Natural Selection. It is antagonized from 
beginning to end. Even the word selection is here sought 
to be annihilated from all writings on biology; and the word 
Direction inserted. Selection is activity disguised. But this 
ancient error cannot be hidden by any word, term, phrase 
or sentence. All living from Badarayana to Aristotle, Darwin, 
and De Vries in combined effort cannot hold up Activity 
where the sun can shine upon it. None is able to even aspire 
to an attack upon Directivity. Even the IMind within one 
micella of Nageli is continuously directed, or was taught 
how to function in its beginning by ^lind. Continuous evolu- 
tion in Primordial ^lind is a set fact; and phases, advances, 
steps, mutations, expressed in organic forms manifesting life 
is a fixed, rock-hewn fact. 

"I shall proceed from the primitive, unorganized condition 
of matter and endeavor to show how organized micellar sub- 
stance has arisen in it, and how, from this micellar substance, 

430 



organisms with their manifold properties have arisen. Since 
such a synthesis of organisms out of known forms of matter 
and force is still far removed from a conclusion strictly in 
accord with physical law, the process becomes comprehensible 
and obvious only by exact knowledge of the discussion that 
has preceded." Carl Von Nageli, by F. A. Waugh, p. l. **Far 
removed from physical law" is true ; removed into Mental law. 
"Organic evolution is not a question of creation through 
divine agencies, or of man-creation, but a question of method 
of creation." Locy, p. 348. 

THOUGHT MODELS 

In the absolute nature of the Universe and Man, the Mind- 
man, mental part of man, creation is completely impossible 
without a preceding plan, design, image, concept, or form 
of the object to be created. But all these words are Mind- 
words, or for short — INIind. Then Mind directs, orders, domi- 
nates, or controls the work of formation. And no entity 
in existence, or that can exist is able to do this but Mind, 
Selection! Who selects? What selects? If there is se- 
lection, it had to be commanded or ordered by a com- 
mander. For selection is activity not Directivity. Great 
diversity in the Universe from electrons to suns ; and from 
micella to mammoths, is due entirely to the inconceivable 
diversity in Mind m.anifestations. For Mind has more, or 
is capable of having more, phases, modes, varieties, kinds, 
types, qualities, states and conditions than can be numbered 
by any assignable number of integral digits. Thus take the 
case of the reader. Unless his Mind is differentiated mathe- 
matically, he would be unable to follow a trained mathema- 
tician in his Mind-soarings. For modern mathematics has 
already an inconceivable (by any one mathematician) number 
of diverse aspects or phases. Thus a second grade mathema- 
tician cannot think the thoughts, nor imagine the complexes 
of numbers, delighted in by a first grade; nor a third grade 
of the second. And a non-mathematical mentality cannot think 
along with a third grade mathematical person. Thus it is now 
known that mathematics possesses infinite diversity. Then 
mathematics was created by a Mind that is Infinite — Mind. 

Thus diversity in Nature is due to diversitv in Mind, its 
cause. For evolution is a most admirable plan, design or 

431 



method of creation, all planned and designed in a methodical 
way by Mind. Selection never has entered the plan as a 
factor. That is, selection and direction, activity and di- 
rectivity cannot exist at the same time in the same Universe. 
That is, inherent activity is non-living bodies ; and greatly 
restricted in those that are alive. 

''The truth is, that an explanation of development is at 
present beyond our reach. The controversy between pre- 
form.ation and epigenesis has now arrived at a stage where 
it has little meaning apart from the general problem of 
physical causality." How it is possible to keep up a con- 
troversy between preformation and epigenesis cannot be un- 
derstood. The next sentence contains words which at once 
decide the question forever in favor of preformation. Thus : 
"What we know is that a specific kind of living substance, 
derived from the parent, tends to run through a specific cycle 
of changes during which it transforms itself into a body like 
that of v.'hich it formed a part.'' Specific means specification ; 
also a set or determined plan : but only ]\Iind is able to specify 
or determine. And this is the nature of language. That is, 
we cannot even think or speak of a specific of anything or 
entity without also thinking of the specifier. ''Living sub- 
stance" I would change to living matter ; for electrons only 
constitute substance, whence all matter has been formed : 
and "transform.s itself" should really read '*is transformed." 
Note this difference : Xo transformation whatever obtains 
in the mentoid in the chronozoon ; whatever mutations may 
take place in the living matter in the offspring. Again: "But 
despite all our theories we no m.ore know how the organization 
of the germ-cell involves the properties of the adult body 
than we knew how the properties of hydrogen and oxygen 
involve those of water. So long as the chemist and physicist 
are unable to solve so simple a problem of physical causality 
as this, the embryoist may well be content to reserve his 
judgm.ent on a problem a hundred-fold more complex." p. 
433. This is true, vv'e know nothing of how the organization 
involves the adult ; and true, because no microscope can see 
IMind, nor chemist nor physicist find it. This is the end of 
physical science ; and also a magnificent beginning of mental 
science. I cannot conceive of a problem a hundred-fold more 
complex, than that of solving the mystery of one chronozoon 
even if its dimensions are down to those of one molecule, or 

432 



JJJ.-»>' 




^'-^^^^ 




<5Six^>%; 




CROOKE'S TUBES. 









\ 



^ Vl '^ 






High Vacua — Fourth state of matter. These tubes are exhausted of 
air down to one-miHionth and even to one twenty-millionth part. 
When high pressure electricity was applied to the metallic ter- 
minals, the phenomena were so extraordinary that Crookc-s 
assumed that matter was in an ultra-gaseous or fourth state. 
Researches made with electricity in these tubes ultimately led to 
the breaking down of atoms into primordial electrons. 



even atom. No problem in the higher astronomy can com- 
pare with that of finding one absolute unit of life. Epigenesis 
is the familiar activity in another phase. It cannot stand. 
Performation is the word to use and the first chronozoon 
of any species, set and specific for all terrestrial existence, was 
formed, and by Mind. Suppose that a living being whose 
diameter is no greater than that of a molecule exisrs. Then 
it possesses activity, but in a restricted sense. Thus it would 
know how to secure food, move toward and away Trom ob- 
jects, associate with like beings, flee from enemies, and di- 
vide into two living beings like itself. This is as tar as 
unicellular creatures could go by the activity due to life, over 
a non-living particle. But a trillion would not know how 
to assemble into a fish or man. Directivity only of Mind is 
able to thus assemble chronozoons. 

This word is here substituted for the word cells. Chamber, 
cell, are words in no way applicable to the excessively minute 
living units whether alone or combined into an animal, or 
whether filled with protoplasm or empty. I cannot refrain 
from speaking of the mysterious word chroneo again. What 
were the Greeks thinking when they originated this word? 
They applied a time-word to life. A refinement of this is we 
live during a time; in time, or live time. This is the height 
of speculation or depth of fact. Incredibly wonderful is the 
origin of words, and mystical the Logos. 

Chronozoons are ephemera, from ephemeros, for a day, 
from epi, on, plus hcmera, day. But many of these minute 
being do not live so long as one day; and others not an hour. 
Some divide into 2, 4, 8, 16 in less than three hours. Suppose 
that very minute chronozoons live during a minute, or a sec- 
ond ; then life is continuous from the first to be formed or 
earth to the last. This is true for all animate things from 
chronozoon to man, continuity from formation of first to dis- 
formation of the last on this planet. Thus pangenes, and 
their pangenesis both fall before phrenoids, and mentoids,- 
Mind-genesis, the only one. 

One chronozoon is a complete integer or unit. But when 
millions are assembled in the formation of an animal is each 
aware of the existence or influence of all the others? Does a 
chronozoon in the leg sense the existence of one or many in 
the head or arm? Are chronozoons in the brain in complete 
communication and control of all those in the entire body? 

433 



When Europe made war on China, a few years ago, the fact 
stands out that Chinese in the remote interior were ignorant 
of the war until after peace had been declared. Can such 
ignorance obtain in the body of an animal? 

This is a fundamental life-problem. The life of a plant 
or animal cannot be understood without knowing the relation 
of each unit to all the others. Life is Mind moving matter in 
a restricted manner. Mind is in the life process manifesting 
in a certain state or phase, whose result is life. Each chrono- 
zoon senses all the others; although each one is an integral 
unit. But sensing, becoming aware of, feeling the influence of 
are all mental terms. Each unit is a center where the grow- 
ing, expanding, building or forming force operates, but each 
is related to all the others. Each is a builder working by plan. 
If not, the animal could not be completed. But the word plan 
is wholly mental. The control of one unit by all the others 
is absolute : but control is a Mind-word. Conveyance, trans- 
mission, distribution of ruling, directing force from all the 
chronozoons in a growing animal to each of the others to build 
by definitive plan is a set fact. But the words employed in 
mentioning the process are all mental. Likewise the words 
mentioning and process ; also the the word likewise ; also the 
word also. We cannot escape the dominance of Mind, nor 
speak without using Mind, first, to summon Mind-words and 
then speak them. Then words are manifests of Mind. 

Ultra-microscopical research has failed to find connection be- 
tween chronozoons in many instances. These may exist, the 
filaments or threads being too fine to be seen by any magnifi- 
cation. But whether connected by bridges or not, they are 
by Mind. Thus a mass of protoplasm moves as one body, the 
rear following those in front as if aware that all other parts 
had started. Protoplasmic continuity therefore in the case of 
the starting, moving and stopping of an amoeba is Mind-con- 
tinuity also. 

Cytoplasm, protoplasm, all contents of amoeba, and all other 
such structures, are direct products formed by the action of 
the mystic nucleus within. And Mind directs the nucleus in 
its work of formation. The hypothesis of "discreet self-propa- 
gating units" is truth absolute, for discreet is high grade Mind- 
word. The chronozoons accept, reject, form and build with the 
most admirable discretion, judgment and intellectual discern- 
ment. 

434 



Self-propagating here is mind-propagating for the word self 
whenever and wherever used invariably applies or refers to 
Mind, the mental-personality. And this is set in the very 
nature of language. 

"Every cell is endowed with a power of self-determination, 
which lies in the specific structure of its nucleus." Literal 
truth if rendered : every chronozoon is endowed (by an en- 
dower) with a power of self-determination, which lies in the 
(ultra-microscopic molecules) the specific structure of the 
nucleus. These life-molecules are formed of atoms, formed of 
electrons, created by Mind. The time-life, chronozoons, the 
molecules of living matter are mentoids, phrenoids, thought- 
forms. 

THE IDIOPLASM HYPOTHESIS 

Idioplasm, from idios, one's own, and plasm, from plasso, 
form, a thing formed or moulded, Greek. Plasma, Biol. The 
viscous material of a cell, protoplasm. The doctrine of Nageli : 
"The first systematic attempt to discuss heredity regarded as 
inherent in a definite physical basis : in essence it is the assump- 
tion that inheritance is efifected by the transmission not of a 
cell, considered as a whole, but of a particular substance, the 
idioplasm, contained within a cell, and forming the physical 
basis of heredity. The idioplasm is to be sharply distinguished 
from the other constituents of the cell, which play no direct 
part in inheritance and form a nutritive plasma. Hereditary 
traits are the outcome of a definite molecular organiaztion of 
the idioplasm. This is an extremely complex substance con- 
sisting of elementary complexes of molecules known as 
micellae. These are variously grouped to form units of higher 
orders, which, as development proceeds, determines the devel- 
opment of the adult cells, tissues, and organs. The specific 
peculiarities of the idioplasm are therefore due to the arrange- 
ment of the micellae, and this, in its turn, is owing to dynamic 
properties of the micellae themselves. A micella is an ultimate 
supra-molecular unit found in a cell." The definition of the 
word micella, is, one of the theoretical structural particles, 
which, according to Nageli, make up organized bodies: sup- 
posed from the optical properties of various elements of plant- 
structure to be bi-axial crystals, each enveloped by a film of 
water. Derived from Latin, mica, crum. This sentence de- 
fining the word micella is of almost transcendent importance, 

435 



for the word crystal appears therein. But crystals have all 
along been considered to be inorganic and lifeless. Great 
things center here, crystals therefore may be in the theory of 
Nageli, the first step in transition of lifeless into living matter 
— a hovering around and about the very base of life. See 
Burke's experiments farther along. 

Darwin's theory of pangenesis is that the germs in cells con- 
tain innumerable ultra-microscopic organized bodies, called 
gemmules, from Latin gemma, bud, each of which is the germ 
of another cell. They are inconceivably minute self-propagat- 
ing organisms, every one of which predetermines the formation 
of one of the adult cells. These are the pangens of DeVries, 
i. e., protoplasmic units whence cells themselves are formed. 
Then the contents of a cell are all formed by these gemmules 
or pangens, originating and growing in the nucleus, only to 
make exit and begin to build or form contents of all types and 
kinds of cells. Thus the wonderful nuclei in cells contain 
these all-powerful, vital, living gemmules, biophores or pan- 
gens. The point sought to be made here is that they are 
"innumerable" ; "inconceivably minute," invisible in any ultra- 
microscope yet made; and above all, they themselves divide, 
separate into halves, grow, escape and build cells, as do the 
cells themselves later. "Every cell is thus endowed with a 
power of self-determination," exact words of Professor Edmund 
B. Wilson, in his admirable book, "The Cell in Development 
and Inheritance," p. 405. And it is from this book that many 
quotations are made in this work. But self-determination is 
an entirely mental process. Electrons, atoms, molecules, 
masses, do not know where and when to go or how to build 
— they are directed by Mind. But gemmules, pangens, bio- 
phores, ultra-microscopic in their excessive minuteness, all 
contain not only life but Mind. Is this Mind within pangens 
directed? This is a question beside which all others in biology 
and mentonomy are secondary. Electrons are entirely directed. 
Pangens contain Mind, but is this Mind directed by Mind? 
Or are all living things possessed of activity? If so, the line 
between the non-living and the living widens into a fixed gulf, 
deep and wide. 



436 



THE THEORY OF CELLS 

Incorrectly named. Cell means chamber, but the minute 
membraneous sacks are filled with water, protoplasm, semi- 
liquid and the nucleus. "Schleiden and Schwann formulated 
the theory of organic cells in 1838-39," since when it has ever 
become more clearly apparent that the key to all ultimate 
biological problems must, in the last analysis, be sought in 
the cell. It was the cell-theory that first brought the structure 
of plants and animals under one point of view, by revealing 
this common plan of organization and opened the way to an 
understanding of the nature of embryological development, 
and the law of genetic continuity lying at the base of inherit- 
ance, and inaugurated a new era in physiology and pathology, 
by showing that all the various functions of the body, in 
health and in disease, are but the outward expression of cell- 
activities. No other biological generalization, save only the 
theory of organic evolution, has brought so many apparently 
diverse phenomena under one common point of view or has 
accomplished more for the unification of knowledge. The cell- 
theory must, therefore, be placed beside the evolution-theory 
as one of the foundation stones of modern biology." 

Remarks on the quotations under the head, "The Theory 
of Cells." 

"The key must be sought in the cell." True with the much 
smaller nucleus within, and the still far smaller than this, 
the granules in the nucleus; and yet more minute particles in 
the granules, the ultimate units of life where Mind meets 
life, where Mind creates life. 

"Plants and animals are but varying expressions of subtle 
interior organization common to all." Truth itself, but the 
subtle interior organizing force is Mind. 

"The germ is a portion of a pre-existing living body." True 
away back to the first, and its origin in the only pre-existing 
entity — Mind, the Creator of life. 

"A single cell may contain within its microscopic compass 
the sum total of the heritage of the species." Indeed this is 
the cardinal truth, it contains the changeless mentoid, or 
thought-form of the species, original and as enduring as por- 
phyritic granite. The primordial phrenoid, pattern and per- 
petual model of the particular species from its thought-origin 
to its end on a dead earth. 

437 



"Every cell is the offspring of a pre-existing cell." A fact, 
but the first cell was an offspring of Creative Mind, the only 
entity able to form a pattern. 

''Cleavage can be traced back to the foregoing generation.^' 
Highly important, but foresight, preparation are both Mind 
words. 

"Extending backward to that remote and unknown period 
when vital organization assumed its present form." Assumed 
here should be changed to "directed to." But Mind is only 
able to direct that vitalit}^ shall appear. But leave in the word 
assumed if one wishes : then the fact is apparent that assume 
is a Mind word. True, life is a continuous stream carrying 
"traditions of the race." Literal fact, but traditions are mem- 
ories, and memory is one of the highest if not the highest 
attribute of Mind. 

"Variations and heredity are fundamental." Exceeding true, 
but variations occur in animals, not in the cells within, nor 
granules within the nucleus. Acquired characteristics are not 
transmitted by any kind of inheritance whatever. Set types, 
kinds, species remain from the beginning to the end on this 
planet, as laid down, formulated, by the original mentoid, at 
the dawn of vitality in the thermal seas of the primeval earth. 

Attention is again called to the word nascent, nascor, to be, 
to become, to be born. Thus Darwin's active and of high 
potential pangens, are nascent life-germs, directly formed by 
mentoids. Then nascent electrons in their atomic and inter- 
atomic motion, the movement of being born anew and again, 
from one atom and entering another constitutes the great work 
of the entire sidereal universe, the whole of matter. To per- 
petuate a race, the IMind must be carried onward. This is 
memory, race memory, species memory. Thus a beaver mem- 
I orizes how all preceding beavers fashioned their huts, and 

' bees their cells. Else each bee must be taught the intricate 

process anew, and this since the appearance of the first bee, 
and birds likewise. 

"That a cell can carry V'ith it the sum total of the heritage 
of the species, that it can in the course of a few days or weeks 
give rise to a mollusk or a man, is the greatest marvel of 
biological science." Wilson, p. 396. It is the greatest marvel, 
and one that cannot be explained ; nor can any attempt to ex- 
plain be made by physical science. But Mind science prc^- 
claims in tones of convincing, commanding and dominating 

438 



force that the chronozoon contains a mentoid, phrenoid, 
thought-form, plan, model, pattern or design of mollusk in 
one, and of man in the other. The word chronozoon comes 
in here with full force. Thus the thought-form was in exist- 
ence before the evanascent, temporary time-life creature, life- 
germ or exceedingly minute life-unit. Choronozoons come and 
go in incessant stream from first on earth to the last, but 
transmitted mentoids are the only entities inherited, and thus 
inheritance the mystery of biology is a transmission of Mind. 
It is the mentoid, the phrenoid, that exists at the base of all 
evolution, epigenesis, transformation, propagation, transmis- 
sion from parent to progeny, and mutation. With microscopes 
at limit of power, a mentoid cannot be seen, nor the subtle 
Mind pattern. Dinotherium. amoeba, lion, bee, ant, elephant, 
man all have proceeded from totally invisible and therefore 
undisco- erable mentoids. 

To quote again from Professor Wilson, p. 431-2, "We have 
now arrived at the farthest outpost of cell-research, and here 
we find ourselves confronted with the same unsolved problems 
before which the investigators of evolution must halt. For 
we must now inquire what is the guiding principle of embryo- 
logical development that correlates its complex phenomena and 
directs them to a definite end. 

However, we conceive the special mechanism of develop- 
ment, we cannot escape the conclusion that the power behind 
it is involved in the structure of the germ-plasm inherited from 
foregoing generations. What is the nature of this structure 
and how has it been acquired? To the first of these ques- 
tions we have as yet no definite answer. The second question 
is merely the general problem of evolution stated from the 
standpoint of the cell theory." 

The "guiding principle" in this excerpt is Mind. Inherent 
in the nature of human thought and speech, for the word prin- 
ciple is a Mind-word. "Directs them to a definite end." This 
is the supreme truth ; for directs implies the existence of a 
Director. Positively, the only entity in existence having power 
to direct is Mind. This assertion is based on the actual nature 
of Mind and of man. To overthrow this statement will be to 
reverse the entire order of all that part of Nature within reach 
of huge telescopes and the highest possible power microscopes. 

"The power behind, from foregoing generations." Here 
power is admitted to be from previous generations. But the 

439 



power is Mind, the only entity really transmitted. Wilson, p. 
432, quotes Huxley: ''Development is merely the expansion 
of a potential organism or 'original preformation,' according 
to fixed laws." Absolute fact, the original preformation being 
a mentoid. 

But how can the word "merely" be applied to the basic Mind 
of the Universe, especially when it is manifesting in a clirono- 
zoon, the first on earth let us say, that set up development 
leading to man low, and then to the highest Mind-man? 

Merely is the most inappropriate word ever used by Huxley. 
Professor Wilson, selected here as a very able exponent of 
biological science to date, says, p. 432 : "What lies beyond 
our reach at present, is to explain the orderly rhythm of 
development — the co-ordinating power that guides develop- 
ment to its predestined end. We are compelled to refer this 
power to the inherent organization of the germ, but we neither 
know nor can we ever conceive what this organization is." I 
stopped writing a book on astronomy to write this, the pres- 
ent volume. Had the word Mind appeared in this sentence, and 
in thousands of others, in other books on biology, I v/ould now 
be at work in astronomy, my original science. To me, it is 
inconceivable that biologists will print any word rather than 
the word Mind. I have often been accused of writing meta- 
physics. I accept. Meta means after or beyond. After physics 
which treats of matter only; I begin metaphysics. But in the 
absolute nature of human speech, when matter is analyzed in 
retort, and spectroscope, dissipated into electrons in Crookes' 
tubes, and then one electron isolated, when all this is done we 
reach Mind. Metaphysics, since it comes after physics, is the 
highest of all the sciences, or above, or beyond all of them 
combined, including magnificent astronomy, splendid chemistry 
and fascinating biology. Mentonomy, the law of the Mind, is 
the highest law ; so high that it is a law unto itself. The quoted 
expression contains the words : "Orderly rhythm, co-ordinat- 
ing power guides, predestined, inherent and organization." Un- 
less the entire language of man, all words, all thought con- 
cretes, are in total error; unless we live in a complete delusion; 
surrounded on all sides by things absolutely false and decep- 
tive, the words guiding and predestinating are entirely mental 
in inherent nature. Again, p. 432, "The theory of Roux and 
Weismann demands for the orderly distribution of the elements 
of the germ-plasm a prearranged system of forces of absolutely 

440 



inconceivable complexity. Hertwig's and De Vries' theory, 
though apparently simpler, makes no less a demand; for how 
are we to conceive the power which guides the countless hosts 
of migrating pangens throughout all the long and complex 
events of development? The same difficulty confronts us under 
any theory we can frame." 

Two fatal words, "guides" and ''prearranged." And "same 
difficulty in any theory." True to the letter; same difficulty so 
long as Mind is totally ignored. The cause of all is never 
mentioned. "Inconceivable complexity" would be at least par- 
tially reduced or lessened by the admission of mentoids, 
thought-forms into the primordial germs, no matter how 
microscopic they may be. 

CAUSED— CREATED— FORMED 

Evolution is really the first process succeeding creation. 
Unfolding, unrolling, enlarging, growing, changing, develop- 
ing from low to high, advancing, expanding are all words 
describing evolution. The introduction of the word evolu- 
tion into literature after the word creating, was an auspicious 
event. Substitution of the word evolution for creation was 
disastrous and most be corrected. Creating is producing, 
evolution is the orderly succession of things due entirely to 
formation, of objects from created substance. By looking 
closely into this problem, it will be seen that substance is the 
only entity that the Creator can create. All later things 
are formed. And this is literally true in the nature of 
thought expressed in words. To think a new thought one 
not thought out before is to create. Unwrapping is a pleas- 
ing word to use here, a process of unfolding. Expanding is 
also beautiful ; likewise progressing, especially if the two 
words eternal progress are combined. But the only entity 
in being able to expand, unfold, evolve, create, add to itself, 
increase, develop, change or mutate is Mind. Summon all 
one's mental powers to think of any other, and failure is 
inevitable. In the absolute nature of all ; Mind is positively 
the only entity that can think a thought that was not thought 
out before. And no object can appear without a preceding 
thought of it. This is a fixed law of Nature. Mental evolu- 
tion is here and now substituted for material evolution, and 
the word Direction for Selection. The word mental cannot 

441 



be substituted for the word natural, since all is natural. 
Mind must be natural, since it is the base of Nature. I have 
no care as to what words are used, no word or combination 
of words can effect the impregnable fact that Mind is the 
rock of foundation. The word genesis was used by Aristotle 
to indicate the beginning of motion from a state of non- 
existence into existence. This is a good expression indicating 
the beginning of atoms in the motion imparted to electrons 
by their Creator — Mind. Thus the Greeks could not speak 
words of their magnificent language, creative language, with- 
out revealing truth; for the words of the Grecians typify or 
pre-figure, all things discovered by the ablest modern Minds. 
And this, whether in metaphysics or physics. At least they 
all go to the languages of ancient Hellas for names of scientific 
discoveries. Words were created by Mind; so metaphysics 
can glory in the sentence : — "born of the deep sea of Mind." 
And of matter, physicists may say: Assembled of electrons. 
Mind must have formed food for the first plant on earth. 
It matters not if this bacterium was so small that 100,000 
side by side would make a line one inch long; it had to 
form its own food ; or have it provided by some external 
source. Now here is a problem, whence came food for the 
first living being on this planet? Spontaneous genesis has 
been upset by rigid research. How long food existed before 
the first plant appeared cannot be known ; but it either existed 
before the plant, or both appeared at the same time. Mind 
is the only entity able to do this wondrous work. When the 
first animal "differentiated from plants," the food problem 
had already been settled. It surely is impossible for a plant 
to live on a mineral diet only. Plants contain minerals, but 
it has not been shown that they are kept alive by these alone. 
All that is alive on the earth, all plants, all animals, are formed 
of protoplasm, an agglomerate of proteins. The resources 
of synthetical chemistry have been taxed in the artificial pro- 
duction of these highly complex phases of matter, complete 
in every detail save one, they did not live. These compounds, 
closely resembling Nature's product, did not enclose nuclei, 
with life-germs in their centers. The inscrutable mystery — 
life has not been discovered. And no trace of a hint or sug- 
gestion as to what it is has ever entered the Mind expressing 
in the brain of man. 

442 



It has been said that light enables very primitive types of 
plants such as low algae to "make organic matter for food 
from inorganic." The light reflected by some kinds of algae 
is bluish-green, blue being the most active, chemically. But 
light that is reflected is not used; the very color not utilized 
is the one reflected away. Then ultra-violet, or infra-red 
radiation, both invisible, are they that aid these plants. And 
they can grow in the dark, as in caves and cellars. Also 
in great heat as in the boiling water of natural springs. 
Artificial protoplasm in contact with mineral matter, even in 
white light, or in any separated out color in the solar spectrum 
is totally unable to utilize them in either vegetable or animal 
growth. Life is absent, no transformation of inorganic to 
organic sets in ; no living atom, no living molecule ; this be- 
cause of absence of nuclei, and the mystic germ within. 

"One of the most significant factors in the struggle for 
existence which is the dominating law in the animal world 
is the method by which Nature secures the protection of 
the weaker creatures against the stronger." Darts, spines, 
quills, poisons, both liquid and gaseous, stingers, fangs, 
shells, colors like adjacent objects to obscure vision, and the 
electric shock, together with sheaths, thick hides, dense hair, 
and enclosing integuments. 

"A torpedo about one foot in diameter is capable of pro- 
ducing at will a current of electricity varying from 2 to 10 
amperes, with an electromotive force of from 15 to 20 volts, 
and a 10 candle-power electric lamp being connected with 
the electric organ emitted a bright flash when the animal was 
irritated." Sci. Am. Supp. No. 1852, p. 6. These shocks slay 
enemies, and even horses have been killed by this formidable 
defensive power. The result is that to this day the weaker 
have survived along with the stronger. Animated Nature 
teems with exceedingly weak creatures. From this the 
weakest species in the entire list, appear to be the fittest. 

"Perhaps no single feature of so markedly sets ofif man from 
the rest of the animal world as the gift of speech, which 
he alone possesses. No community of normal human beings 
be their advance in culture ever so slight, has yet been found, 
or is ever likely to be found who do not make use of definitely 
organized spoken language." 

"It is indeed one of the paradoxes of linguistic science that 
some of the most completely organized languages are spoken 

443 



by so-called primitive peoples, while on the other hand, not 
a few languages of relatively simple structure are found 
among people of considerable advance in culture," 

''English words revert back from the present day to a 
period antedating at any rate, 1500 B. C. ; the by-gone speech 
was as much English as Sanskrit or Greek.'' 

"Are similarities in languages to be explained historically 
as survivals of features deep-rooted in an earliest form of 
human speech ; or are they to be explained psychologically 
as due to the existence of inherent mental characteristics that 
abide regardless of time or race." Dr. Edward Sapir, Pop. Sci. 
Monthly,July, 1911,p. 45. 

There is hope; this appears in a standard physical science 
magazine. Two words, "psychologically" and "mental,"" are 
actually printed. Thus the admission is made by a linguist 
that Mind has to do with words ; and that it "abides re- 
gardless of time or race," a sentence that might have been 
taken bodily out of a mentological magazine. 

VARIATION IN DIRECTION 

"Pasteur in 1857 discovered the fermentative organism 
which sours milk and produces lactic acid." This was as it 
were an entirely new realm in thought. "The half-form.ed 
facets of tartaric acid were all turned toward the right, while 
those of the racemates were half right-handed, and one half- 
left-handed. A new idea flashed into his mind. Carefully 
picking apart the two kinds of racemate crystals, he made a 
solution of each and with anxious mind and throbbing heart, 
applied the polariscope. The solution of right-handed crystals 
deflected the beam of light to the right. They were pure 
tartaric acid. The solution of left-handed crystals deflected 
the beam to the left. They were a new laevo-tartaric acid. He 
mixed the solutions in equal proportions. The mixture did 
not effect the beam. It was racemic acid." This discovery 
was of great importance, it was the origin of stereo-chem- 
istry. Looking now at the tartaric acid facets, Pasteur's mind 
took a wider scope. He saw that they were typical of all 
living things, which present a symetry everywhere, and that 
they themselves were products of a form of life." Pop. Sci. 
Mo'., June. 1911, p. 11. 



This is most remarkable language, crystals products of 
forms of life. I would substitute, crystals are products of 
forms of Mind. For life is a product of Mind. Great em- 
phasis is here placed on difference in direction of inclination 
in between crystals. They were dissolved separately, and 
light passed through them. But the light was polarized to 
the right and left. Then, — when the solutions were mixed, the 
light passed straight through unaffected. 

One of the most alluring branches of the comprehensive 
science of optics, of light, is that of polarized light, where 
Nature's deep mystery direction and changes thereof, is ob- 
served to perfection. The reader would be amply repaid, 
by studying the wonders of polarity in light. And changes 
in direction are fundamental in all branches of the produc- 
tion and use of electricity. So important is this fact of varia- 
tion in direction of flows of force, currents, waves, axes of 
crystals, lines of molecules, and of radiant energy in general, 
that no concept of Nature's splendid laws can be had without 
study of these changes. The entire branch of electrical 
science, — induction, — is based on mere changes in direction 
of current. And atoms are developed into at least 88 present 
known kinds by differences in directions of motions of con- 
stituent electrons, combined with numbers and distances. 

"Certain bacteria, living at the surface of sugary fluid cause 
no fermentation because they secure the oxygen which they 
need from the air. They are aeroboic. But if sunk by acci- 
dent or otherwise beneath the surface they must either perish 
or adapt themselves to their new environment, by extracting 
orxyen from the nearest source of supply — the sugar of the 
solution." Three great results were due to the arduous studies 
of Pasteur: 

1. All ferments are living organisms. 

2. Every variety of fermentation is caused by a special 
ferment. 

3. Neither bacteria, nor any other form of life are spon- 
taneously generated." Pop. Sci. Mo. June, 1911. 

"Straube has shown the like cause of ammoniacal fermenta- 
tion, namely, bacteria." Same. 

Now the hypothesis adopted in this volume is that since 
all kinds of fermentation are caused by set and specific 
ferments, and these are all alive, all bacteria, there are as many 

445 



varieties or species of bacteria living and functioning in the hu- 
man body as there are life processes. The Greek word "some" 
should be eliminated; true these very minute bacteria, are all 
bodies; but they are zoons, living bodies. For instance, spirio- 
zoons, maintain the action of the lungs in breathing and 
changing characteristics of the blood, cleansing it and puri- 
fying. Peptozoons do the incalculable work of digesting. 
Hepatozoons are liver-workers and builders, sphygmozoons 
keep the blood in circulation : mentozoons, a flow of thoughts ; 
while marvels in the growing embryo, are wrought by a 
number of differing kinds of zoons. One of these, somato- 
zoons, plan the body ; while the stromatozoons form the 
covering, the skin and all outer portions, as a blanket, en- 
closing all, stromatos meaning covering. 

Sang's deductions are as follows: 

1. "\'ariations from the typical condition of an existing 
species do occur." 

2. "These deviations are inherited." 

3. "By competition the fittest survive." 

"Selection merely means that those individuals which leave 
offspring are not on the average reproductions of their gen- 
eration ; but they differ in some regards from those which 
do not survive their parents ; or, they are not a random sample 
of the population." 

This quotation is inexplicable. I see no reason why in- 
dividuals leaving offspring are not up to the average. Do 
not survive, not a random sample are expressions not under- 
stood. Any individual taken at random is a sample of the 
species from beginning to end. 

''The diversity of matter results from primordial differences 
perpetually existing in the very essence of their atoms, and 
it is these qualities which are manifestations of them." Wurtz. 

"The atom is a fact in chemistry, even if it has no existence 
in any conceivable form." 

"Molecules are definite aggregates of atoms." 

"An ion is a charged atom, comparable to a minute Leyden 
jar; an atom carrying a quantity of electricity. They all 
carry the same charge, and each atom has the same electrical 
capacity." Alfred Sang, Pop. Sci. ^lo., June, 1911. 

Thus electrons in flow, apparently as described by the word 

446 



"current," i. e., in currents called electricity, have power to 
disintegrate solids and liquids into their ultimate constituents. 

"Anaxagoras saw in the energy of atoms the evidences of 
mental power. It is quite significant that protoplasmic mole- 
cules are very rich in atoms, each molecule of human hoem- 
oglobin contains 1897." 

"Aristotle, who dominated the world for 2,000 years, states 
explicitely that living beings are generated spontaneously 
from decaying carcasses." 

And then Aristotle said : "Industrial work tends to lower 
the standard of thought." Scientists now work from 10 to 
18 hours daily. 

Pasteur's discovery in 1857, led the way to the rigid proof 
many years later that the dictum of Aristotle was absolutely 
in error. Spontaneous generation has been repeatedly shown 
to be impossible. 

"Of gases, fluids, electricity, magnetism, ozone, things 
known or things occult, there is nothing in the air conditional 
to life, except the germs it carries." Louis Pasteur. 

True, and these germs were formed by Mind. 

"To say a notion is imprinted on the mind, and at the same 
time to maintain that the mind is ignorant of it, is to make this 
impression nothing." 

This is a capital error: the mighty law of latency is ignored. 
The impression on a photographic negative exists before as 
well as after development. This is a crude comparison, for 
mental impressions are inconceivably more refined. 

LATENT THOUGHTS 

The speaking of Hebrew and Greek languages by a child 
born of English parents when only four years of age, is latency 
and nascency in perfect example. Strange words were latent 
in the Mind and Mind was in total ignorance of the fact until 
they awakened from latency into nascency. 

"There is a great deal of difference between an innate law 
and a law of nature, between a truth originally imprinted in 
our Minds and a truth which we are ignorant of, but may 
attain to the knowledge of by the use and due application of 
our natural faculties." Surely there can be no difiference in 
between innate and natural. Truth originally imprinted, re- 
quire an imprinting agency; but the only one within the range 

447 



of experience, or reason, is Mind, acting on and impressing 
mind. 

''Sensation is the source of our knowledge of external ob- 
jects, reflection, of our knowledge of external facts." But I 
am well acquainted with a girl who at the age of four ^^ears 
played difficult selections on a piano. "A man cannot think 
without perceiving that he thinks." Mathematicians struggle 
over an equation until the brain refuses to respond to thought 
and sleep comes on. Upon awakening in the m-orning, they 
rise and simply write out the problem in full solution. 

"There are two kinds of ideas, some simple and some com- 
plex. The Mind, though passive in the formation of simple 
ideas, is active in the formation of complex ideas. It receives 
the former, it makes the latter." But the word latent should 
be substituted for the word passive ; and the word creates 
for the word makes. 

"It is not in the power of the most fruitful mind to form 
a single new simple idea, not taken in by the way of sensa- 
tion and reflection." But the boy had never heard Greek 
spoken ; nor the girl, the tones she rendered. 

"The dominion of man, in this little world of his own under- 
standing, is the same as it is in the great world of visible 
things, wherein his power, however managed, by art and skill, 
reaches no farther than to compound and divide the materials 
that are made to his hand ; but can do nothing towards the 
making the least particle of new matter; or destroying one 
atom of what is already in being." 

Man can and has made hundreds of new chemical com- 
pounds, i. e., those not found in nature; and has torn them 
apart. And he has destroyed atoms as atoms by disrupting 
them back into primordial electrons and these vanish through 
walls of solid glass never to be regained. But ^lan is, so far, 
unable to assemble electrons into an atom. 

"Names of things are apt to excite ideas in us as soon as we 
hear them." True, nouns establish ideas within the Mind; 
but so do verbs and all other parts of human speech. 

SPECULATIVE PHILOSOPHY 

"Substance is nothing but a combination of a certain num- 
ber of simple ideas, considered as united in one thing. Thus 
the substance called Sun is nothing but the aggregate of the 

448 




Fig. 1. Amceba proteus. — C. v. contratile vacuole; ec, ectosarc; en., 
endosarc; nn., nucleus; ps., pseudopodia. 



ideas of light, heat, roundness and constant regular motion. 
By substance, the philosophy of the School, and afterward 
Descartes, imagined an unknown object, which they assumed 
to be the support (substratum) of such qualities as are capable 
of producing simple ideas in us, which qualities are commonly 
called accidents." 

What heights and depths of absurdity false philosophy — 
the above is a literal quotation from a standard book on phi- 
losophy, this word being on the back title page, and heading 
of the page. This substratum is known to be primordial 
electrons. The sun is not composed of ideas, for it has often 
been weighed and is known to contain 333,426 times more 
matter than is contained in the entire earth. 

The word plan is here substituted for the word accident. 
To what desperate straits are they driven who strive to ex- 
clude Mind from the sidereal universe. 

"The third class of complex ideas expresses relation. The 
most comprehensive relation wherein all things are concerned 
is the relation of cause and effect. We get the idea of this 
by noticing, by means of the senses, the constant vicissitudes 
of things, and by observing that they owe their existence to 
the action of some other being." 

Literally true, and the word being is never applied to the 
non-living. When we hear the word being we think in obey- 
ance to an inherent faculty of Mind of a living, mental entity. 
And we cannot in the nature of Mind think otherwise. The 
word being actually occurs on the next page containing the 
word accident. The book grows worse page by page. Thus : 

"All things that exist, besides their author, are liable to 
change." But how change without their author's order? If 
they do, they are greater than their author. 

"Thus, we have the ideas of matter and thinking, but pos- 
sibly shall never be able to know whether any mere material 
thing thinks or no; it being impossible for us to discover 
whether Omnipotency has not given to some systems of mat- 
ter fitly disposed, a power to perceive and think." Matter 
does not think ; but Mind within living matter does. At least 
the lowest animals perceive. Thus an amoeba, a microscopic 
sac of living tissue filled with watery protoplasm, somewhat 
like the white of a hen's egg, perceives the approach of an 
enemy. Then it makes up its mind to escape, and at once 
tries to save its life. This book on one page says: "We have 

449 



no innate knowledge." And a page, sixteen farther along 
reads: "We have an intuitive and immediate knowledge of 
our own existence." 

''Outside of us exist solidity, extension, figure, and motion 
as primary qualities, or such as inhere in the bodies them- 
selves. The substance of bodies is identical with the sum of 
these qualities." But substance is composed entirely of elec- 
trons. Matter is not the sum of its qualities, but of its atoms, 
and these of electrons, with their motions of revolutions in 
multiple directions at varying distances at set and absolutely 
set specific speed for each phase of matter usually called an 
element. 

"Real substance is a combination of qualities." False, sub- 
stance is a separation of electrons. Matter possesses combi- 
nations of qualities. 

"Existence consists in perceiving or being perceived." Very 
true, perceiving is a very high mental process. 

"The words sensible thing and idea are synonymous." The 
word idea, from Greek idein means to see. The word see here 
means mental vision. Thus the Mind is able to see images. 
A totally blind person possesses high ideation and delights in 
thinking forms or images. The dictionary definition of idea 
is "the transcript, image, or picture of a visible object, that 
is formed by the Mind." Sensible thing and idea are not 
synonymous, for any sensible thing is an object cognizable 
by our senses. An object is an idea, i. e., mentoid, phren- 
oid or thought-form filled out or expressed in matter. But 
the following is the sunken depth of human absurdity: "Our 
ideas, or the things we perceive, are visibly inactive. It is 
impossible for an idea to do anything, or to be the cause of 
anything." This astounding statement contains 27 words. 
Could any other set of 27 words be combined into a more in- 
tense error? Our ideas are intensely active. The only entity 
in existence that can do anything is an idea, — a thought-form. 
The only cause of the existence of anything is an idea form 
first appearing in Mind. The resources of human language 
were taxed to form this absurd combine of 27 words. 

The pages of works on "philosophy" ; why called philosophy 
is a perennial and inexplicable enigma, teem with such expres- 
sions as these: 

"All our ideas, without exception, are derived from the 
senses, and especially from touch." 

450 



Still worse, highly condensed, only 14 words. Books, won- 
drous poems, literary gems, paintings, drawings, the height of 
artistic conceptions, abstruse mathematical problems, legal de- 
cisions and other exalted mental works, have been wrought 
out in deep sleep. Within recent years an entire literature 
has appeared written by mentalists teaching that if one wishes 
to do severe mental labor to go into a place where silence 
reigns; where at least one sense is cut away — hearing. I must 
be pardoned for obtruding personal matters into this writing. 
I write in a large astronomical observatory situated on a moun- 
tain peak. It is surrounded by other summits rising above the 
clouds. Deep canyons yawn on either side ; and no humans are 
near. From midnight until the first blush of advancing dawn is 
indeed a time of silence. No combination of words at my com- 
mand is able to convey any impression to the reader's mind 
of absolute silence, solitude and stillness. The intense quiet- 
ude of a distant mountain midnight, must be experienced to 
secure any mental concept of solitude. Not one night, but 
many must be lived on a high peak to realize the true mean- 
ing of the word silent. Positively, unless experienced, the 
reader cannot even think of total absence of sound. Nor of 
its wonderful influence on the ^lind. Xor of the simply in- 
credible stillness that reigns in the mountains. Wait until 
a mighty cloud settles down upon the peak and descends still 
lower to the bottoms of the huge canyons. Then turn out the 
electric lights. Two senses of man are dispensed with. Does 
the reader, know what absolute silence combined with total 
darkness mean? There is no odor, three are obliterated. 
With no substance, on the tongue, another is extinguished. 
By remaining still the sense of feeling is scarcely apparent. 
Then seeing, hearing, smelling, and tasting are not in any 
use whatever, and the sense of feeling is almost gone. Now 
I assert and state from eleven years' experience up here, that 
the Mind is far more active than when the bodily senses are in 
full action. Indeed ! the Mind is more awake, active, sensi- 
tive and alert at midnight than at noon, when sounds and 
light are at a maximum. Judgment, perception, discrimina- 
tion, discernment, selection, assorting, rejecting, and all high 
mental faculties are far more acute in absence of the physical 
senses than when they are asserting sway. Ideas, especially 
mathematical and scientific, at times deep within the negative 
side of nature — night, come in at rates so rapid that the flow 

451 



may be aptly called racing of the Mind. A most astonishing 
thing occurs in some instances, the Will itself is held in abey- 
ance by some other Mind-power — that is, thoughts on one 
subject or on one line will dominate all others, even the mon- 
arch of the Mind — the Will. Therefore, the most rapid suc- 
cession of ideas come on apace when the senses are not in 
use. The 14 words are so completely obsolete that they 
should not be allowed fossil room in mentological museums. 
One philosopher "granted that matter can think." Electrons, 
substance whence all matter is formed, cannot think, they have 
no activity, they are directed, by the only entity capable of 
directing, Mind. Thus Mind is incapable of thinking of any 
kind of director but Mind. Another philosopher said : "Com- 
pounds cannot think, consequently the subject of sensation 
cannot be corporeal in its nature.'' Another 14 words. Same 
philosopher later: ''The movements of the body are, accord- 
ingly, merely occasional causes of mental phenomena." Price 
of book, $1.50 cloth, leather $2.00; should be $2.50, for it con- 
tains this sentence: "Moreover, it is not certain that the body 
is an extended substance. But even if there were no real ex- 
tension, that would not be a sufficient reason for denying 
the existence of bodies." Certainly not of mentoids, thought- 
forms or thought-bodies. "At all events, there is something 
other than ourselves ; this cannot be doubted." I suppose this 
means other than our mental selves ; for that there are other 
physical things is self-evident. Other than our mental selves 
I would name the Creator-Mind. 

"All substances are bodies." Should read all substance con- 
sists of electrons. 

"iMatter is endowed with force," ought to be evoluted or 
mutated to matter is directed by Mind. 

Finally: "The belief in the objective and absolute existence 
of bodies persisted." 'Twas well : bodies are the only objects 
that can exist. 

"The mental world depends on the physical world" should 
be mutated to : the physical world depends on the mental 
world. 

"Matter is an active substance, that is, force." This should 
read : Matter is directed substance, electrons ; and the force 
is Mind. 



452 



"Matter is originally and necessarily active, and hence does 
not receive its motion from without." Then a clock can wind 
itself. 

"Experience, advanced the cause of materialism by its em- 
phatic declaration that body acts on mind, and that the mental 
world depends on the physical world." Then Mind, an entity 
so far greater in Majesty, than all else beside, so great as to be 
one by itself, above and beyond all, becomes the latest, the 
very last to appear within the entire universe. This idea, if 
it be worthy of being called an idea is repugnant, repulsive and 
abhorrent to all that is really exalted in human beings. 

"Matter is extended substance" should read: "Matter is 
concentrated electrons." 

"Matter is an active substance, that is, force" should be : 
The quantity of electrons is the directed substance, directed 
by Mind ; not force, unless the term Mind-force is allowable. 
But the better way is not to even attempt to combine any 
word with the word Mind. 

"Extension, impenetrability, and action, are three distinct 
notions, but not three dififerent things ; they are simply three 
different modes of conceiving one and the same matter." How 
three words having such diverse meanings can be applied to 
the solution of the same question is a mystery — [eyes closed.] 

We now know that if matter is greatly extended, it reverts 
back to electrons. Impenetrability, a word venerable owing 
to long use in university text books, should not only be omit- 
ted for all coming time ; but taken out of the dictionary and 
put over into the rear in the department of fossil words. 
Electricity at high pressure in Crookes' tubes penetrates all 
matter whatever, tears to atoms, and then penetrates these 
long thought to be impenetrable things and disrupts them in- 
stantly into their electrons. Of course, the word force is not 
a thing. Nor are electrons things ; objects composed of elec- 
trons, atoms and molecules are things. 

"Matter is merely the theatre and the means, the source of 
action." The word not, should be inserted between the words 
"means" and "the." 

During the last thirty years the theory of organic descent 
has been shown by an overwhelming mass of evidence, to be 
the only tenable conception of the origin of diverse living 
forms, however we may conceive the causes of the process. 

The study of microscopical anatomy has shown us the nature 

453 



of the material on which it has operated, demonstrating that the 
obvious characters of plants and animals are but varying ex- 
pressions of subtle interior organization common to all. In 
the higher forms of life, whether plants or animals, the body- 
may be resolved into a vast host of minute structural units 
known as cells, out of which, directly or indirectly, every part 
is built, even the skin, blood, bones and muscle and tissue. 
Cells endlessly diversified in the details of their forms and 
structure, these protoplasmic masses nevertheless possess a 
characteristic type of organization common to them all ; hence, 
in a certain sense, they may be regarded as elementary organic 
units out of which the body is compounded, true only of the 
higher forms of life. Among the lowest forms at the base 
of the series are an immense number of microscopic plants and 
animals, bacteria, diatoms, rhizopods, and infusoria, in which 
the entire body consists of a single cell. The general prob- 
lems of embryology, heredity, and evolution are indissolubly 
bound up with those of cell-structure, and can only be fully 
apprehended in the light of cytology. As the most significant 
step in this direction, we may regard the identification of the 
cell-nucleus as the vehicle of inheritance. In Huxley's words, 
the germ is simply a detached living portion of the substance 
of a preexisting living body carrying with it a definite struc- 
tural organization characteristic of the species. 

Development is not a mere process of unfolding, but involves 
the continual formation one after another of new parts, 
previously non-existent as such, and researches established this 
conclusion as the very foundation of embryological science. 
The egg is a cell having the same essential structure as other 
cells of the body, the wonderful truth became manifest that a 
single cell may contain within its microscopic compass the 
sum total of the heritage of the species. This conclusion first 
reached in the case of the female sex was soon afterward ex- 
tended to the male as well, each spermatozoon contains not 
only a nucleus, but also cytoplasm. Each sex contributes a 
single cell of its own body, and the sexes play an equal though 
not identical parts in hereditary transmission. The ultimate 
problems of sex, fertilization, inheritance, and development 
are shown to be cell-problems. Every cell is the offspring 
of a pre-existing parent-cell, and at the present day this con- 
clusion rests upon a foundation so firm that we are justified 
in regarding it as a universal law of development. The first 

454 



step in development consists in the division of the egg into 
two parts, each of which is a cell, like the egg- itself. The two 
then divide in turn to form four, eight, sixteen and so on until 
step by step the egg has split up into the multitude of cells 
which build the body of the embyro, and finally of the adult. 
This process is cleavage or segmentation. But cleavage as a 
process of cell-division was followed by the demonstration that 
cell-division does not begin with cleavage, but can be traced 
back into the foregoing generation ; for the egg-cell, as well 
as the sperm-cell, arises by the division of a cell pre-existing 
in the parent body. It is therefore derived by direct descent 
from an egg-cell of the foregoing generation, and so on ad 
infinitum, an uninterrupted series of cell-divisions extending 
backward from existing plants and animals to that remote and 
unknown period when vital organization assmed its present 
form. Life is a continuous stream ; germ cells live on, carrying 
with them, as it were, the traditions of the race from which 
they have sprung, and handing them on to their descendants. 
All theories of evolution take the facts of variation and 
heredity as fundamental postulates, for it is by variation that 
new characters arise and by heredity that they are perpetuated, 
Darwin recognized two kinds of variation, both of which, 
being inherited and maintained through the conserving action 
of natural selection, might give rise to a permanent transfor- 
mation of species. The first of these includes congenital or 
inborn variations, i. e., such as appear at birth or are developed 
"spontaneously," without discoverable connection with the 
activities of the organism itself, or the direct effect of the 
environment upon it, though Darwin clearly recognized the 
fact that even such variations must indirectly be due to 
changed conditions acting upon parental organism or the germ. 
In a second class of variations were placed the so-called ac- 
quired characters, i. e., definite efifects directly produced in the 
course of the individual life as the result of use and disuse, or 
of food, climate and the like. The inheritance of congenital 
characters is now universally admitted, but it is otherwise 
with acquired characters. The inheritance of the latter is now 
the most debated question of biology, Darwin recognizing that 
the transmission of acquired characters can only be possible 
under the assumption that the germ-cell definitely reacts to 
all other cells of the body in such wise as to register the 
changes taking place in them." Wilson. 

455 



This last sentence including the word "register" is one 
of the most important in the literature of biolog^^ This 
word register led Darwin to his highly complex hypothesis 
of pangenesis, all-genesis, all generation. The definition 
in full is: Pangenesis, 1. Origin from all parts of the 
body; the theory of heredity advocated by Darwin. Darwin 
assumed that gemmules or infinitely minute granules 
derived from all parts of the body circulate through 
the bodv and eventuallv settle down in the o:erm-cells. The 
gemmules having the power of reproducing the cells from 
W'hich they are derived, enable the bud or germ-cell to develop 
into a complete individual. Some of the gemmules may re- 
main dormant for several generations. 2. Origin from pan- 
genes. 3. The theory that every organism originates in a 
simple pangen. Derived from ])an. all. plus genesis, origin, 
from gignomai, or ginamai, to be, to become, to be born, to be 
begotten, be made, to happen, occur, come to pass. Genesis 
seems to have been derived from gao, by changing into eino. 
Standard Dictionary and Greek Lexicon. 

Pangenes, Biol. One of the minute vital particles that ac- 
cording to De Vries, compose the hereditar}' substance, are 
capable of growth and multiplication by fission, and are the 
bearers of the individual qualities of the cells. 

The reader is already well aware that all this elaborate 
complex may be reduced to phrenoids. mentoids, or thought- 
forms. The words "infinitely small" in the definition, are too 
comprehensive : electrons only are anywhere near the wonder- 
ful state of being infinitely small. The use of these two words 
inevitably leads to the doctrine that no entity exists in electrons 
but life. No mention is made of ]\Iind. Then nothing exists 
but life. Then phrenoids and mentoids vanish, while zooids, 
zooiforms succeed. No, indeed, electrons are not alive, nor 
atoms, nor molecules until assembled into the first unit, the 
first chronozoon. The exact English for this w^ord in Greek, is 
time-life. And chroneo, means to live. To me, the w'ord 
chroneo is simply astonishing, one opening up vast fields and 
areas for research into the very foundations of mentonomy. 
For chronos means time, and time only with no other meaning. 
But chroneo, os, or eo. means to live. This is beyond com- 
parison for amazement.- Thus it would seem that time applies 
not merely to the rotation of the earth on its axis, but to the 
fact that life exists to sense this motion, by becoming aware 

456 



of the rising and setting of sun and stars. Intricacies within 
the Mind Maze are now beyond all hope of exploration. These 
ten words are unfathomable, a door is reached and it will not 
open. Chronos is a noun, while chroneo is a verb. We live 
time. This is a physical, metaphysical and transcendental 
deep; one at the bottom of the labyrinth so it appears, but 
beyond all doubt there are illimitable corridors beyond or 
below, or above, for these researches are leading into heights 
and depths. 

Pangenes of De Vries become phrenoids. Pangenesis of 
Darwin becomes mentogenesis or phrenogenesis. The ultimate 
nucleus in a spermatozoon has not registered the nature, im- 
pulse, property or attribute of all of the other millions in the 
adult body of the male: nor the ultimate nucleus in the 
ovum of the female. Nuclei cannot register, sense, become 
aware, or know% but phrenoids, mentoids, thought-forms can 
and do. Then reproduction is mental not merely mechanical, 
or even chemical. And this from the inherent nature of 
thought. For registering, forming, building, assembling are 
all mental, or Mind-terms. And cannot be otherwise from the 
very nature of all existing entities, Mind, life, man, language 
But Mind-forms make use of the usual physical and chemical 
means of reproducing. 

CLUES TO THE NATURE OF MAN 

The brain in a human embryo is formed first. The begin- 
ning of a human is beyond the power of any microscope to 
reveal. Mind originates a mentoid or thought-form that is 
predestined to become a mentozoon or chronozoon in the 
brain. This mental pattern is filled out with still smaller 
bodies, all living. This process is repeated millions of times 
and the result is the brain. A ''brain-cell," a mentozoon, there- 
fore, is composed of ultimate, absolute, units of life and these 
are the material instruments used by Mind. They are units 
containing life. They are all spheres and are of different 
sizes ; but no microscope now made, or that can hereafter 
be made, can reveal these inconceivably small objects. These 
are assembled by a Master Mind into the tissues and structure 
of the brain. Whatever may be the result of the union of 
germ and ovum, the beginning of an individual ; whatever 
kind of animal ; or whatever type, phase, kind, or quality 

457 



of man may develop, all these depend entirely on phases, 
variations, or differences in attributes and qualities mani- 
fested by the Mind engaged in formation of the embryonic 
brain. For Mind includes mentoids of every entity that has 
or ever will exist. Thus clues to personality can only be 
discovered by watching like a detective for some unguarded 
opening or avenue of approach that may possibly reveal a 
slight phase of Mind. 

Man is complex beyond all present hope of imagining. He 
certainly is an epitome, a macro as well as microcosm. He 
is all, everything, space, time, infinity, the infinitely great 
and an infinitesimal. The Mind phasing as human includes 
all or is capable of this comprehensive inclusion. For Mind 
expressing in the mathematical phase in the brain of a mighty 
mathematician is able to so expand that it can search, explore, 
discover, differentiate, equate, analyze and integrate into all 
heights and depths of infinitude. This is known to be true, 
because the equations themselves are infinite. A mathemati- 
cian deduces these tremendous equations, solves them and 
then stands in awe before his own work. But after the equa- 
tion that weighs the stellar Universe is solved, then the 
mathematician does not know who or what he is. Suppose 
that one of these men should say: 'T made up my Mind to 
write out that equation," and a friend hearing this should 
ask, ''Who is the T' that made up your Mind?" Then the 
great mathematician would be obliged to say: "I do not 
know." So, what shall I gain by continuing to write under 
the head: searching for clues to the human personality? Still 
I feel impressed to write a few more pages along this alluring 
and intensely fascinating line of exploration. 

All mentoids destined to be filled out as mentozoons, in 
sufficient numbers to constitute the human brain, having been 
completed by the assembling of the inconceivably small 
spherical living bodies, look forward to the consumation of 
the one great event — birth of a human being, a depository 
of Mind, a personality. 

The next chronozoons to be formed by filling out men- 
toids issued by the Mind of the Master Builder, are the 
amazing sphygmozoons, the heart-beaters. Division of labor 
among the chronozoons is rapidly established at once, men- 
tozoons are formed by filling out mentoids in the brain 
matter. One of the important grand divisions of workers are 



^58 



those destined to keep the heart beating from the first beat 
in the embryo to birth and thence through the entire human 
life to old age and death — it may be a century later. Thus 
in the very early embryo there are formed in the tissues de- 
rived from the mother's plasma, mentozoons in the brain 
and sphygmozoons in the growing body whose enormous 
work is to maintain heartbearts, and a circulation of the 
blood from the beginning of life to the end of days. These 
are active workers, and the amount of energy expended has 
been computed to the astonishment of the computers. 

As time draws on apace, each moment occupied in the grow- 
ing embryo in excessively active work, wrought by millions 
of chronozoons, the filled out mentoids, the auspicious event 
of birth into the air is approached. New phases of mentoids 
are sent, these are filled with the invisible spheres, living 
spheres, and the completed beings are spiriozoons, lung- 
workers. Their labor is to keep the lungs expanding and con- 
tracting, from the first inspiration of air at birth, when the 
first cry of man is heard ; until the last expiration at the 
closing scene of a human life. The colossal work of spirio- 
zoons during a long life is second only to the toil of the 
sphygmozoons. Mentoids in manifesting as material workers 
in many types and kinds are indeed active in embryos. 
Young life is intense. But the marshalling of the hosts of 
spiriozoons for work in the lungs at instant of birth is 
described by tAvo words only, the action of a Master Mind. 

"How can one arise from the many?" It cannot, the 
one manifests as many; for the personality expressing in the 
human brain has more aspects, properties or qualities than 
are yet dreamed of in any philosophy — many of them being 
latent. 

"Evolution is wholly mechanical. Nature, with its five 
or six essential properties, such as potential and active force, 
length, breadth, depth, impenetrability, and sensibility, which 
exists potentially in the inert molecule, and matter, suffices 
to explain the world. We should not search for designs 
(intentions) where there are only accidental facts." And 
this has passed for philosophy and is now believed by some. 
The counting of chronozoons in living nuclei, with precision 
from the first one on earth to the last, thus maintaining 
continuity, an accident? This is impenetrable indeed; like- 
wise how can a molecule be inert if it stores potential? 

459 



"Nothing", at first view, seems more unbounded than 
thought, but a nearer examination shows that it is really con- 
fined within very narrow limits, and that it amounts to 
no more than the faculty of compounding, transposing, argu- 
menting or diminishing the materials afforded by the senses 
and experience." This has been in literature for more than 
100 years. ''Mind confined within very narrow limits !" It 
is the only entity not confined in limits; the only boundless, 
illimitable and infinite. ''Amounts to no more than the 
faculty of compounding and transposing!" But these two 
stamp Mind with the very attributes of Infinity. Compound- 
ing, transposing, rear/anging is the height of attainment yet 
reached by Mind now functioning in the brain. For trans- 
position of a complex mathematical equation is the most diffi- 
cult work ever engaged in by man. Combining a series of 
facts acquired during centuries of arduous labor of astrono- 
mers into the most intricate equations, has ever been con- 
sidered the highest achievement of Mind in man. The reader 
may imagine that he has wrought great and tiresome labor 
of both Mind and body. True, he may have ; but unless 
he has computed the distances of the stars and weighed them, 
all his labor falls short of what has been accomplished, by 
his brethren. Likewise the computation of the orbits of 
comets ; and prediction of their return, both as to position in 
relation to the earth and sun^ and accurate time and distance 
of nearest approach to both. And this after the flying mys- 
teries have been sunk for a hundred years in space deeps 
invisible in any telescope ; but visible all the time in the far 
more acute eye, the imperturbable eye of mathematics. 
''Amounts to nothing more than transposing." Exceedingly 
true so far as man's career on earth ; he has done nothing 
higher than forming, transposing and solving formidible diflfer- 
ential equations. Mind manifesting in man has passed within 
infinite chambers, corridors, rooms, and labyrinths within the 
Maze. It is known that the realms traversed were infinite 
because infinite series of equations were first deduced and 
then solved. It is the very nature of excessively high mathe- 
matics, to become aware that it is exploring infinite regions 
because the equations themselves are infinite. No fascination 
is more enticing, alluring and pleasing, than an exceedingly 
complex series of differentiation and integration ; not even 
the high type fascination of poetry and painting. The very 

460 



type, letters, formulas, and symbols on a page in a book 
on calculus are all as trancendently beautiful as are the lovely 
petals of roses, carnations, poinsettias and heliotropes; and 
more splendid than literary diamonds embedded in the world's 
most exquisite poems and literary gems. Really, since mathe- 
matics is infinite, man has nothing more. 

"We esteem it worthy of the labor of a philosopher to give 
us a true system of the planets, and adjust the position and 
order of those remote bodies. How much more highly should 
we value those who, with so much success, deliniate the 
parts of the Mind, in which we are so intimately concerned!" 

And this was written by the same man who wrote: "Mind 
is really confined within very narrow limits and amounts 
to no more than the faculty of transposing." Surely this 
writer could not have been aware of the existence of differ- 
entials and integrals. True it were more exalted to find 
the facts of Mind than to tell the distances of the planets. 

See this amazing statement by the same author: "A blind 
man can form no notion of colors ; a deaf man of sounds." 
Of course not, they do not exist for these unfortunate men. 
And this : **A11 ideas, compared to sensations, are naturally 
faint and obscure." 

Brilliant and exalted ideas, born in sublime flights of idea- 
tion, are so much more wonderful than are the mere physical 
sensations whence they are derived, that the two are scarcely 
compared. Some poet became aware of this fact and then 
wrote three words: "Pleasures of memory." Introspection 
mentioned on preceding pages in this volume is most pleas- 
ing. "All ideas naturally faint and obscure" ought to be 
put over into the index of the book : "The Anatomy of 
Melancholy." 

"All our ideas are derived from sensation." Wonder if the 
unutterable hights and depths of integral calculus were all 
derived from sensation? Absence from all possible sensation, 
in a totally dark and silent room, is an ideal place for the 
handling of integrals. Thus a second grade mathematician 
if of sufficient Mind-power, could become one of the first, 
if deprived of seeing, hearing, smelling, tasting and then 
be paralyzed in bodily sensation so that feeling almost van- 
ishes, providing the Mind be left clear. For a second grade 
mathematician has mental resources capable of expansion 
into the grade of first by continued concentration and intro- 

461 



spection. In fact a young man totally blind did study out 
the calculus unaided by any mathematician. 

"Experimental reasoning itself, which we possess in com- 
mon with beasts, is nothing but a species of instinct or me- 
chanical power that acts in us unknown to ourselves." Sub- 
stitute mental for mechanical and emphasize the word un- 
known. This unknown power is Mind. 

The introduction of references to the hights of mathematics 
into a book treating of creation, and evolution may appear 
strange; but mathematical expansion is creation. Thus one 
intricate formula makes the appearance of another absolutely 
necessary. When fully deduced, and then solved, the act 
is surely one of Mind creation. Creation by processes of 
evolution if one wishes to use such an expression, unfolding, 
expanding, and widening, for mathematics conquers all num- 
bers, differences, infinitesimals and then integrates, in between 
limits, from zero even to infinity. 

The word understanding has never been defined in all of 
its refined phases of meaning. Electrons, stand under, exist 
before matter appears and disappears. But what stands 
under the portions of Mind now functioning in the mentozoons 
or chronozoons in the human brain? Whatever it is: 'It is 
both receptive and active; it receives a mysterious substance 
from without, and makes an intuition of it. Hence, there are, 
in every intuition, two elements : a pure or a priori element, 
and an a posteriori element, form and matter, something that 
reason produces spontaneously and something, I know not 
what, derived elsewhere." This was written by one of the 
greatest philosophers of all ages. The highly impressive 
words "receives" and "derived elsewhere" are in this highly 
imoprtant sentence. That is: the Mind in human manifesta- 
tion receives and derives from Mind, the original source of 
all mentation whatever. No word in human speech can be 
applied : the word Mind must be spoken and written entirely 
alone — Mind. The "something I know not what," positively 
is Mind. This is inevitable because the quotation deals en- 
tirely with Mind for the word intuition appears twice and 
the word reason once. The words receives, makes, and pro- 
duces also appear in this remarkable sentence. Wonderful, 
because one of the ablest Minds arrived at a place within 
the Maze where the necessity of receiving from without de- 
veloped in great force; with power to cause this mighty 

462 



writer to admit the need of receiving from without. It is 
scarcely necessary to say that this author is Kant. Further: 
"These a priori intuitions, which sensationalism denies, and 
whose existence the Critique of Pure Reason proves, are 
space, the form of the outer sense, and time, the form of the 
inner sense." The fountains of the great Mind-deep are 
here opened — Space — Mind and chronozoons. Thus Mind 
existed in space before electrons, and in the far later brain 
of man in ephemera appropriately named chronozoons, time- 
beings. Eternal Being and time-beings. Thus a longer or 
shorter continuity of these time-lives, time-thoughts, consti- 
tutes a human life, a succession of short lives and thoughts. 
But thoughts can be reduced to enduring spoken words, or 
to writing even on stone, for purposes of perpetuation and 
accumulation. Would that Kant had conceived that Mind sat- 
urated space before electrons and time. 

"Ignoring the real world;" "Marking clearly the limits of 
capacity of human com.prehension ;" "We have no innate 
knowledge;" "Matter is a confused idea;" "Matter and mo- 
tion : these two words sum up everthing." "The mechanical 
theory sufficiently explains all." "Eyes were not made for 
seeing, nor feet for walking." "Thought is the function of 
the brain, as digestion is the function of the stomach;" "The 
impressions reaching the brain cause it to act, just as food 
introduced into the stomach sets that organ in motion." 
"Matter can think;" "Mind is subject to the laws of Nature;" 
"There are no bodies;" "I did it myself;" "He did it himself." 

"There is ignorance of reality;" "Innate metaphysical 
truth;" "He that invented printing or etching had an idea 
of it in his Mind before the invention existed ;" "The Master 
Artist;" "The Supreme Architect;" "Our ideas of external 
objects, — the idea of a tree, for example, — consists of parts, 
like their objects;" "It is inconceivable that an inextended 
entity — a simple mathematical point — should contain an in- 
finite number of ideas, feelings and volitions;" "Matter is 
moved by motives, reasons, and arguments ;" "We must se- 
riously inquire into the matter of human understanding." — 
Quotations at random. 



463 



THE SCIENCE OF SALVATION 

The saying: "We must be saved," is a truth as solid as 
the rocks. But we must be saved from ourselves. A men- 
talist of long experience in studies of Mind may find food for 
thought in this short sentence. There are many millions of 
books in the world on the subject of salvation. Ninety per 
centum of the contents of all these works is now entirely ob- 
solete, and petrified into rigid fossils. 

Salvation is a science. Mathematics is the only absolutely 
perfect science ; but all scholars throughout the world ought 
now to join in one mighty and concentrated and definitive 
plan to make salvation a set and fixed science so nearly per- 
fect that mathematics only, is of greater accuracy. Would 
be as precise as the science o^ numbers were the factors 
numbers only, but these are all human, and intensely human. 
Saved from self. This would be as easy as addition and 
subtraction if we knew all about ourselves. W^e know as 
little about ourselves at present as we do of the opposite 
side of the moon which is always turned away from the 
earth. Thus as it were the face of one's ow^nself is turned 
away. No fact in mentonomy is more apparent than that within 
each human personality there are two forces, powers, states 
or conditions. One seeks to rise higher and higher toward 
perfection ; the other in the opposite way, toward a lower 
and lower grade or state. One leads to all that can be sensed 
as happiness here in bodies, braiins and personalities on 
earth ; and the other to an equal degree of unhappiness. One 
leads to mental pain, the other to mental happiness. And 
likewise physical. This is the first time that the most enig- 
matical word in any language — pain — has been written in this 
book. This gigantic subject cannot be discussed in this 
volume. I have used a most astonishing phrase : we must be 
saved from ourselves. One must be saved from one's self. 
This is a literal fact as obscure and inexplicable it may be. 
I admit that I cannot understand this mystery, but the mystery 
is a fact as obdurate and rigid as is the fact that gravitation 
causes bodies to fall to the ground. It has been vehemently 
disputed that we must be saved. Thus it has been told us 
that we can live along the ''even tenor of our ways" from 
birth to death. But the "even tenor" is not a progression. If 
the theor\^ of evolution is true : and the right theory is 

464 




Fig. 2. Amoeba — following a rolling Euglena cyst. The figures 1-9 
show successive position of the Amoeba and cyst. 



true ; then man evolves, or rather is evolved, mentally into 
higher and higher states. This subject is one of the most 
profound in the entire career of man. Mentalists from remote 
antiquity until now, have thought, pondered, philosophized 
and written upon this fascinating theme. Mentological bat- 
tles, wars of words, have raged for centuries, striving to de- 
cide whether we have aught to do here. Writers have taught 
as that we are precisely as Nature made us ; that we are 
living just as we are and ever have been; exactly according 
to our inherent natures. This book takes the opposite side 
of this stupendous question : and holds to the view that an 
incredible amount of work has been left on our Minds and 
hands. The legacy of labor resting upon man is to conquer 
himself and the entire earth. His herculean labors are to 
annihilate war, alcohol, disease, poverty, crime, pain, insantiy, 
idiocy, poisons, deadly serpents, deadly bacteria and insects, 
and harmful plants and animals. 

To drain all swamps, fill every marsh, bog, morass and end 
death dealing exhalations. Harness rivers, winds, tides and 
solar energy to servitude in the production of electricity; and 
to use this now unknow^n agent to turn every wheel, do 
all work, in shop, factory and transport by land, water or 
air. To wire the planet, turn on the electric light and trans- 
form the night, or negative side of nature into day. To make 
mankind of one speech, by use of wireless or space-trans- 
mission of human intelligence in spoken, written or auto- 
matically printed words. This so that when one anywhere on 
earth hears a word, he will know its meaning. To end the 
hideous sex-perversion now reigning everywhere and sale 
of women for gold. Also the appalling and corroding Mind- 
disease gold-leprosy, insane clutch of wealth, and terrific hor- 
rors heaped on children for the love of gold. This formidable 
catalog of work is perhaps half; the other half is named 
Eugenics, human culture. This science is looming now in 
magnificence. The original idea of human betterment was 
derived from the betterment problems applied to swine and 
cattle. This colossal subject likewise cannot be written up 
in this book. The reader perhaps will agree to the proposi- 
tion that man nijst be saved and saved from himself. Or 
saved from the sinister and forbidding other half of the per- 
sonality. Man must save himself from sex-horrors, society- 
inanities, war, alcohol and gold, and that in a not far distant 



4ft5 



future, or retrograde. Mentonomy only is able to save. 
Positively, Mind must be explored and its real nature dis- 
covered, disclosed and then these facts, simply must be 
utilized. This work is what has for long been posing, as 
errors attached to the fearfully misused word salvation. The 
entire work must be done by ourselves, there is none to aid. 
Thus labors greater than those wrought by Hercules and 
a million more like him, will be that of examining, searching, 
and understanding, the now obscure, hidden and latent, 
faculties of Mind, bringing them into the light of human 
science and applying them — the reader may be surprised 
in a totally new science — education. And this mighty subject 
must here be passed. Thus salvation, in one of its general 
departments is actually to save children from themselves, 
lower natures, or other halves of personalities. And labors 
beyond all imagination must be wrought in the conservation 
of adults ; for nine-tenths of all grown human beings living in 
nations — organized governments, are now unhappy. Poverty, 
grind of disease, ruinous taxes for senseless wars, the lame, 
halt, blind, deaf, misshapen, monsters, those in jails, peniten- 
tiaries, asylums for the insane with nameless horrors, for the 
idiotic and the dreadful poor. An army of laborers along 
reformatory ways will be required to assuage the appalling 
terrors endured by the unhappily married; those forced to 
study in schools utterly repulsive subjects, those forced to 
labor all through their lives at employments that their na- 
tures loathe; living near malignant neighbors; lifetime long- 
ings never satisfied, not wanted children, divorce horrors, 
court horrors, hospital horrors and a thousand others from 
mildest to total malignancy, harass, wear out, and trouble- 
toss nine out of every ten persons in civilized countries. 
Eugenics and mentonomy would wipe out the entire hideous 
and appalling mass within one hundred years. Then the 
present modes of existence make it clear that to these persons 
— "lives are not worth the living" — a solid truth. Persons 
have longed themselves to death, hoping and desiring books, 
pictures, music, culture and good things of this world — 
hopelessly unattainable from poverty. Heartbreaking disap- 
pointment, merciless crushing of hope, aspiration, high ideals, 
and these in refined, sensitive and appreciative ones — these, 
and more like them, slay their thousands annually. All 
avoidable by a knowledge of our mental natures and applica- 



466 



tion of this knowledge. Page after page of atrocious horrors 
could be scribbled, but recounting of these would be useless; 
they, and diseases of Mind, brain, nerves, and body can, nearly 
all be eliminated from humanity by continued research in 
mentonomy. And terrific pre-natal horrors owing to tor- 
tured Minds of prospective mothers, cast shades of gloom 
over offspring through life. Entirely annihilated by a civil- 
ization based on mentonomy. The entire legal fraternity and 
procedure of criminal courts will be almost reversed when 
mentonomy is taught in schools, academies and universities. 
And current civilization likewise. This is salvation of the 
individual, of nations, of the race; the saving process being 
based on newly discovered, and now semi-latent laws of 
Mind. We are mental beings, not merely physical. For war 
with fiendish selection, selects the strongest, murders them 
on the battlefield, leaving the low grades to propagate the 
species homo. The capital discovery of all ages will be the 
discovery of the nature of personality. 

MIND 

Mind is an entity entirely by itself, totally different from all 
others known; so different that it cannot be compared to any 
other within range of human experience. Its nature is un- 
known, likewise what it is. All that can be done in the present 
state of mentonomy is to observe some of the effects of its op- 
erations. The perplexing question arises, does Mind itself 
evolve and mutate. Is this process if it exists, continuous like 
a line drawn with a pen constantly touching the paper; or a 
line drawn with pen lifted and placed down alternately, thus 
making a row of dots or dashes? Does the part of Mind 
expressing in the brain of Edison when inventing — creating? — 
act continuously, or are there slight intervals? If intervals 
exist, is the next succeeding thought different from the last 
preceding? Is each thought in a series derived from the last 
preceding or all former thoughts on the same subject? In 
that marvelous product of Mind, the differential calculus, there 
exists a flux and flow, a continuity which I wish to apply as a 
comparison to a flowing Mind. Uninterrupted continuous men- 
tation : can this be? Ink flowing from a pen drawn across paper 
is taken to be continuous. Are thoughts thus continuous? And 
of this flowing kind when a great inventor is studying out, cre- 

467 



ating, evolving, an entirely new invention ? Evolution is Latin 
evolutus, pp. of evolvo, unroll, e, out, volvo, roll. Is the rolling 
continuous until the product of evolution is completed? Or, 
are halts made, and after a period of quiescence, it matters not 
how short, nor how long, the motion again sets in ? 

Mutation, is Latin, mutatio (n), mutatus, pps., muto, change, 
freq. of moveo, move. 

One motion is rolling, the other mere moving without speci- 
fying the kind of movement. The results of both are changes. 
Vast problems come stealing in here all unawares. See this 
question in mathematics, the great branch, differential cal- 
culus, the calculus of variation. A continuous or progressive 
variation is a variation wherein the difference between any two 
consecutive states or conditions is less than any assignable 
quantity. The names assigned to these minute quantities, or 
differences, are infinitesimals or differentials. These lie at the 
base of the greatest achievement of Mind in man, the calculus. 
In this book, the reader is requested to observe that whenever 
the word evolution is used this specific meaning is ascribed to 
it, namely, continuous flow : the difference between two succes- 
sive states of anything whatever that is evolving, or being 
evolved, is so excessively small that it is smaller than any 
assignable magnitude or dimension. Look at this matter in the 
case of ink issuing from a pen ; then the Avords differential and 
infinitesimal would be represented by a distance equal or less, 
separating any two consecutive molecules or particles of car- 
bon in the ink. And in this work, the specific sense attributed 
to the word mutation is that of an interrupted motion compar- 
able precisely to dots separated by intervals short or long, it 
matters not, the one condition being that the line be not broken 
until mutation has finished its work in a completed product or 
result. Continuity, continuous evolution, is simply merging, 
whether slow or rapid. But the term merging cannot be ap- 
plied to mutation. It may not be discovered whether evolution 
or mutation has been the method of progress from electron to 
sun; or from protista to man. P"or no microscope yet made is 
able to make sufficiently refined exploration in electrons and 
atoms ; nor still greater penetration into the interiors of nuclei 
in organic cells. For it is in these exceedingly small life-units, 
ultra-microscopic nuclei, that evolution or mutation obtains 
So far, these first steps of evolution or mutation are beyond 
the vision of the eye of man aided by the most powerful ultra- 

468 



violet-light microscopes. Therefore, naturalists at present 
cannot decide which process to adopt, if both exist, or decide 
whether two or one has been the order of nature. If unable 
to solve this problem ,why should any one even think, or still 
more absurdly say, that Mind, creative Mind, does not exist? 
There appears to be a tremendous difference in between evolu- 
tion and mutation, between the very natures of a continuous 
and a broken line. 

True : there is no set gulf in between inorganic and organic, 
between non-living and the living, nor plants and animals, and 
barriers are blazed away; still none knows which is absolute, 
evolution or mutation. But let the discovery be made able to 
settle for all time this all-important question, then the positive 
demand of science whether physical or mental, is for a master 
Mind, a creative Mind, a Mind — Mind. 

Evolution and mutation therefore exist in Mind itself. There 
is no escape from this startling truth. Positively the master 
Mind is experimenting, inventing, evolving or mutating. See 
this deduction : Mind is creating, adding to itself. For no 
method, type, kind or quality of evolving or mutating can occur 
without preceding Mind, action or thought. Mind is the base. 
To these preceding thoughts. Mind atoms. Mind electrons if 
one pleases, is here given the name Mentiods. Mind is the only 
entity in existence having power to create. 

After a lapse of forty centuries, a period during which men 
almost forgot, or ignored their mental powers ; they are now 
commencing the fascinating study — human mentality. In re- 
mote antiquity, in the distant East, in India, a mighty race, the 
Aryan Hindus, produced a series of able mentalists. They 
passed century after century along the banks of the Ganges, 
Jumna and Indus in wondering what their Minds could possi- 
bly be. Perhaps they carried their researches on mentalism to 
excess, to the neglect of the material things of life in this world. 
But Western nations are now carrying matters to the opposite 
extreme. From the decline of true Hindu philosophy, as long 
ago, no doubt as from 2,000 to 1,500 years B. C, until about the 
period 1850 to 1880 A. D., that inscrutable mystery — the 
Mind — was not studied. Scarcely any effort was made striving 
to analyze and find the properties of the complex entity. Since 
1880 a large number of works have appeared on mentalism. 
Continued thought on the subject has produced many elaborate 

469 



works. And many series of intricate experiments and analyses 
have been made in mentological laboratories. 

But all these researches have merely brought us through the 
portals of a vast mental maze. We are all in a labyrinth more 
inscrutable, profound and intricate than that of the Egyptians 
at Arsinoe. That had 3000 mysterious chambers. Some of 
these were entered during mystical and esoteric rites, but once 
each year. It had 1,500 porphyry and marble rooms above the 
earth and 1,500 below the surface. The occult, the mysterious, 
and obscure things of all antiquity were centered in these 
splendid halls, chambers and passages. Without a guide one 
could easily lose his way amid the long-drawn avenues, stately 
pillars, hidden nooks and corners, and winding stairways. 
These led from exoteric rooms to esoteric directly below. Phi- 
losophers, students of the occult, and intellectual men from 
India, Bactria, Persia, Babylonia, Palestine, Phoenicia, Greece, 
Rome and Gaul came here to learn of wonders wholly unknown 
to material eyes, but to mental only. Elaborate rites of initia- 
tion, with the teaching of wisdom were kept up with regal 
splendor during many centuries. For all traces of wisdom were 
kept in secret during all antique ages. And the word occult 
was applied to Mind studies only. 

But our own minds are labyrinths far more inscrutable than 
those at Arsinoe, Crete and Lemnos. We are now in the great 
hall just beyond the gateway. Colossal doors as of granite sealed 
since man began to explore, are on all sides. One or two have 
been opened. They reveal vast corridors lined with gates and 
doors. Three or four of these have been gently moved ajar and 
peering eyes have rested with awe on other openings, dark and 
dim recesses, crypts, store-rooms and cells. Few have been 
entered, and those that have are not understood. The writer 
has been in two labyrinths, — ^lammoth Cave in Kentucky, a 
maze of corridors in stone, stalactites and gloom ; and the other 
was the floral maze at Hotel Del Monte, Monterey, California. 
The winding ways of most intricate design were in between 
living walls of cypress, trailing vines, roses, heliotropes, carna- 
tions, hydrangeas and myriad kinds of flowers beside, all bathed 
in the splendors of light from that glory — the Sun of California. 
In both mazes, one of stone and the other of flowers, I became 
bewildered and lost. But these riddles are as toys compared 
with the mighty mazes of Mind. So far, we have not explored 
beyond the gates of the temple. But the Hindu mentalists 

47D 



plunged into the wilderness and discovered esoteric wonders. 
A few of their descendants are now living in the Orient; and 
a very few have visited the West, even entering the United 
States. These two or three knew^ how to use their Minds. This 
wisdom is a legacy of forty centuries. The army of ghouls 
and fakirs have no relation to these, however. At present, 
mentalists of the West are comparatively ignorant of even the 
elements of Mind. None ancient or modern has discovered its 
origin. Perhaps this must remain forever unknown. The 
ablest scientific men at present do not know what Mind is. 
Ask one of these great scientists, as I have often, about Mind, 
and they recoil as though they had dashed against a stone wall. 
A well-known astronomer told me that he ''could not even 
begin to think about his Mind." He was a deep mathemati- 
cian, trained from youth to do that wonderful thing — think. I 
have asked astronomers, chemists, physicists, physiologists, 
biologists, mathematicians, botanists, geologists and other 
trained scientific men about Mind. Without an exception 
they seem to be disconcerted, and are unable to give any 
opinion. So, I say, that nothing is known of the true nature 
of Mind, thought, will, perception, reason, memory, recall, 
intuition, introspection, or any other word so often based on 
Mind in books on mentalism. Thus books are printed striv- 
ing to show that Mind is a cause ; and other volumes to de- 
clare it to be an effect. Whole shelves are groaning with 
"labored tomes" to prove that there is a "primordial cosmical 
Mind," and that it was in existence long before matter. Just 
above, the boards are bending with philosophies teaching that 
matter has existed from all eternity and that Mind is an 
extremely late product of activity in matter. 

STILL LIFE 

Take the familiar case of Mind here roundabout, on earth. 
Our little atom of a world, "our earth," was born out of cos- 
mical turbulence, upheaval and unrest. Awful churnings, 
kneadings and mixing of the raging elements went on for ages 
before the globe, a spherical world, the earth, could be formed 
out of primeval chaos. Millions of years of local turmoil in 
geologic strata succeeded the formation of the ball. Eons of 
earthquakes, bellowing volcanoes, and explosions of pent-up 

471 



gases, rolled away in colossal war. Water, and ages of hissing 
of steam in turbid boiling seas and seething areas of mud, 
followed in the work of preparing soil. Finally, terrestrial 
scenes of turbulence died away; hoarse notes of geologic war 
lapsed into silence ; the tossing sea subsided into its present 
wave-heights; howling winds became a comparative calm. 
Internal heat died out with thickening crust, w^hile external 
lightnings dwindled into the tiny outbursts of a summer's 
storm. Yet, all was not still and quiet enough for the appear- 
ance of that awful mystery, life. Clouds must roll aw^ay, the 
sun must assume dominion, meteorological upheavals must be 
curbed, and lightnings controlled. Genial warmth, with the 
exact degree of humidity followed. All cosmical turbulence 
died out, and a hush and silence fell on nature. Intense ex- 
pectancy animated the ancient rocks, and the "mountains 
looked on the sea." Peaks, hills, clouds, and waves knew that 
the one event of the world was about to occur. The stupen- 
dous mystery did come on apace, the result of a thousand mil- 
lion years of work of preparation appeared, and nature looked 
on in amazement, but with microscopic eyes. The mighty 
event was this : a bag of gelatine inclosed a drop of water at 
mild temperature. But the bag or sack, an exceedingly thin 
membrane, inclosed the two standing marvels of nature, Life 
and Mind. The animal, the first, was an amoeba, and the won- 
derful nucleus within. It at once began to use its Mind, or 
at least that part of Mind now called wall. That is, it made up 
its Mind to move and moved. Again it made up its Mind to 
eat, and it did eat. The next act w^as that of dividing into twxo 
beings. The latest and direct result of the appearance of the 
first amoeba is the production, in ver}^ recent times, of mathe- 
maticians, two to each million of human beings. These two 
are so marvelous that entire hundreds of millions of others — 
men and women apparently like them, — can form no concep- 
tion of their w^onderful Minds. Mentalists are unable to de- 
tect any difference between the wills of amoebas and men. 
Mind has expanded in an unbroken series from an amoeba to 
a mathematician. There are perhaps sixteen hundred million 
human beings now living, and thirty-two hundred are mathe- 
maticians. Of this number there are possibly forty great math- 
ematicians, and a dozen greater than the remaining twenty- 
eight. Then these twelve men know more about the cosmic 
universe in which they find themselves than the entire human 

472 



race beside. It is now known that no concept can be formed 
in the Mind regarding nature, in a non-mathematical mentality. 
At the World's Congress of Mathematicians in St. Louis, at 
the Fair, I looked day after day, just through little wicket 
doors, in the great doors, of their Minds. Once or twice I 
caught glimpses of the shining doors and gates of corridors 
within. And who is able to analyze one of these men's Minds? 
There were 82 trained scholarly men in the room ; and 
one could simply feel their mighty Minds. Each man could 
weigh the universe of stars and tell their vast distances from 
the earth. A dozen languages were spoken by them, for they 
were the select ones from as many nations. I then wrote an 
article which was published in a magazine saying tl^at the 
"human mind is possessed of limitless power." And the 
reader would think so had he been in this classic and now his- 
toric congress of the world's most magnificent Minds. I be- 
lieve it, it is true. Mind can be expanded to any extent. It is 
as wide and as boundless as interminable cosmical space. But 
it is with a feeling of humiliation, chagrin, discomfiture and 
dismay that I here confess that I have no trace of an idea what 
it is. I cannot begin to think about it. 

WE THINK IN WORDS 

Throughout the centuries, the ineffable logos has been in- 
volved with the Creator. It is known that the method em- 
ployed by the Creator to manifest to man is by means of words, 
and man, so far, has been unable to detect — or even begin to 
think of any other way than by means of words. Then the 
Creator is A E I O U, the vowel sounds, since no word can 
be formed without them — no language, or expression, no man- 
ifestation of Mind to Mind by means of one great avenue of 
approach — sound. This thought of the Creator expressing by 
vowels, the basic atoms of human speech, is simply overpower- 
ing in its greatness and majesty. See this mystery: the vowels 
for long ages have been written, not AEIOU in their regular 
order, but lEOUA, but I is the human personality, the ego, 
the I am. Also the life of man. We are already within a laby- 
rinth of inextricable mysteries. This, however, is clear: Man, 
the mental man, is exceedingly near the Creator. So near that 
he cannot speak without compounding the very name of the 
Creator. If we see any object, we think at once of a name for 

473 



it ; but ho name can be formed without the use of the vowels — 
that is, without the Creator's name ; and we cannot speak the 
name of the Creator without speaking the vowel name of our 
own living personality. 

It is said we cannot comprehend, conceive of, or understand, 
an Infinite Being. True, nor can we understand great mathe- 
maticians, human beings like ourselves, unless we are great 
mathematicians. The gulf fixed between the powers of Mind 
of one who cannot learn the properties of numbers, and any 
one of the world's profound mathematical Minds is as deep 
and wide as that between a finite mathematical Mind and Infi- 
nite Mind. In difference of degree is man involved with the 
Creator. Man by eternal progression can diminish the number 
of separating degrees and approach the Original Mind. It is 
the province of modern mentological science to discover and 
then teach how this may be done. 

Man has ever known that he is closely allied to, or a part 
and parcel of, the Infinite Mind. All books which endure for 
many centuries do so, because they teach this fact. Suppose 
that we see a spherical diamond, or what appears to the un- 
aided eye to be a true sphere, and then apply a microscope 
and find many thousand facets or minute sides ; we could com- 
pare it to Mind. Throughout these articles, Mind will be con- 
sidered to be illimitable, and endowed with an infinite number 
of points of thought radiation. 

There must be only one kind of Mind in existence ; for there 
cannot be more than one kind of mathematics, true in the very 
nature of numbers. For we cannot find any fact in nature 
without finding its mathematical aspects in relation to all other 
facts. 

ASTRONOMY 

Whether the universe is finite or infinite may never be 
known. If infinite, man cannot think of it unless as some 
mentalists are now beginning to claim and assert, the human 
mind is infinite or capable of becoming so. If finite, then it 
is now known to be so large that men's minds are unable to 
think of the vast dimensions. The velocity potential of all 
cosmic energy is 186,380 miles per second, usually expressed 
in terms of light. But this is the space speed of all radiant 

474 



energy, heat, electricity, and, beyond doubt, forms and modes 
of energy not yet detected or isolated. 

Kapteyn, the great astronomer of Groningen, Holland, in his 
lecture delivered in Pasadena, in 1909, stated that the results of 
his exhaustive series of star gauges led to the conclusion that 
the entire sidereal structure is so wide that light requires as 
many as 60,000 years to move from one boundary to the other. 
This is practically infinite for man in his present phase of 
Mind. Photographs show perhaps 100,000,000 suns. Mathe- 
matics weighs enough matter in existence to make 32 billion 
suns like our own. This matter is invisible, and cannot be- 
come visible until it condenses into hot spheres, or in light- 
emitting nebulae. The entire structure of stars — suns — seems 
to be in rotation. For the drifting of suns in opposite direc- 
tions indicate rotary motion, or at least two colossal streams. 
Our sun is now drifting toward the giant sun Vega, with a 
speed of fourteen and nine-tenths miles per second. 

One of the most remarkable achievements of science is to 
tell the approach or recession of stars in the line of sight. 
This was long thought to be impossible, but the spectroscope 
is able to detect compression or expansion of waves of light, 
when a sun is coming straight towards the solar system, or 
receding from it on a straight line. The principle involved is 
called Doppler's from its discoverer. The ear can detect a 
rise and fall in rates of vibration of a locomotive whistle or 
bell, when an express train is coming or going. The stellar 
floor, a faint shimmer and sheen visible on the darkest nights, 
after rains, when all dust is cleared out of the mountain air, is 
most impressive to behold. It extends in every direction and 
includes the universe, save where there are dark spaces here 
and there — openings or caverns leading to the unknown. 
These are black indeed, and awe-inspiring. 

If the earth is compared to the mass of the universe as now 
known, it may almost be called zero, nothing, or at least an 
infinitesimal. The better way would be to say that our earth 
is a cosmic atom, and still more impressive and expressive to 
call it an electron. Let there be any assignable number of 
suns, and any assignable number of inhabited worlds like our 
earth, then all these homes of life and all living beings could 
come to an instant end and not be missed, for all suns would 
move as if nothing had occurred. Yet, Mind, even the human 
Mind, is far more wonderful than the entire universe of matter. 

478 



The mere fact that Mind is able to discover all these won- 
ders in the sidereal structure, amid infinities, among congeries 
of suns and nebulas is itself more remarkable than all else com- 
bined. How do we think? How weigh a sun, a hundred 
million suns — indeed how weigh them all? The scientific name 
of the earth w^hen compared mathematically with the quantity 
of matter in existence is infinitesimal, or next to nothing or 
zero. When compared with the mass of the sun. it is always 
entered in equations as one, a unit. 

The mathematical name of the sun is little star. When 
it is compared with the mass of the sidereal system of stars, 
it is written 1, or one. The perpetual mystery is how is Mind 
able to grasp any of these stupendous problems? And how 
were the trails of reasoning followed to a successful conclusion 
— leading first to weighing the entire earth, then the sun, and 
from these data all other suns? This fact cannot be explained 
now. The reason why is, we do not yet know who we are. 

Here is a photograph taken by Professor E. E. Barnard, of 
a dense and rich telescopic area in the Milky Way. The 
delicacy in detail is lost in making an engraving; but the 
original negative, seen through a microscope, is an object so 
marvelous that astronomers are filled with awe when they gaze 
upon this w^onder of the twentieth century. This photograph 
is dotted with more than forty thousand tiny images of suns. 
All objects in the sky, seen at night, except the moon and the 
seven nearby local planets, are white-hot or red-hot glowing 
suns. The ordinary name given to the celestial hosts is stars. 
It ought to be dropped, as it has no true astronomical meaning. 
Our sun is a modest little star although it is 1,310,000 times 
larger than the earth. The Milky Way, or Galaxy, is an 
apparent ring extending entirely around the universe of stars 
visible in the largest telescopes. It is composed of suns in 
literal millions. They are so remote that as seen from the 
earth, they appear to be close to each other, while really they 
are separated b}^ millions and billions of miles. To the eye, 
the belt of soft radiant light looks like a continuous band of 
cloth of pearl, but telescopes have the eftect of bringing objects 
nearer. This separates the filmy cloud into many millions of 
glittering, but minute points on the black background of 
space. At a distance, forest trees seem to be close together, 
but as they are approached they separate and stand alone. 
It is next to impossible to describe the matchless beauty of 

47S 



the Milky Way as seen in a telescope of great power. Carpet 
a large room with black velvet. Have many electric lights 
m the ceiling. Throw down and scatter all over the black 
floor a bushel of minute diamonds, rubies, pearls, sapphires, 
opals, amethysts and other gems. Then turn on the light. 
You would have a faint imitation of the supernal glories of 
the Galactic hosts. For the appalling depths of space look 
black in our great telescopes. In places, these suns look by 
perspective as though they were arranged in piles, heaps and 
banks ; or built up into shining terraces. And they look as 
though raked into colossal windrows, or twisted into spirals, 
or dashed into wisps and cosmic spray. In some places the 
concentration is so great and dense that only the most power- 
ful telescopes on earth can magnify enough to bring out details. 
A few clusters exist that have not, so far, been resolved into 
these needle points. And the height of human happiness is 
to watch these vast congeries of distant suns in a huge tele- 
scope. An entire lifetime can be passed in exceeding great 
joy. To bring out the unutterable beauties, the observatory 
must be on a mountain above the dust layer that surrounds 
the earth. For one little particle of dust can hide an enormous 
sun, when its image is finer than the point of the finest needle. 
And then, there are gigantic caves, caverns or openings in this 
mighty stellar floor. They are as windows looking out into 
infinite wastes of space. Their mouths ire jet black in con- 
trast with the white banks of suns roundabout. One is always 
startled when the telescope sweeps from glowing areas of 
suns, over a black abyss, leading to the unknowable. In 
August and September those unspeakably rich regions of the 
Galaxy, the zodiacal constellations Sagittarius and Scorpio, 
hang up sidereal sheets of shimmer and sheen over the waste 
places of the Pacific and drag the careless garments as it were, 
in its waters. Nothing terrestrial hides the supernal vision, 
far and away to the South. The line of view goes over the 
plains of Paradise laden with oranges and lemons, almonds 
and apricots, and with carnations and roses, with heliotropes 
and hydrangeas. There are a hundred of these awe inspiring 
openings in this part of the zodiac, places in space where the 
majestic cosmical scene reaches the limit of Nature. It can- 
not produce greater magnificence, splendor and magical 
beauty. 



477 



Since man appeared, no more wonderful work of his hands 
has been wrought. The eye gazes while voice is hushed, but 
cannot see when turned away from the telescope. Images in 
the brain vanish instantly. But the sensitive plate stores light 
from the shades of falling night until the approach of dawn. 
All night exposures are made by the aid of a clock that turns 
the camera westward with precisely the same rate that the 
earth turns eastward. Entire millions of suns project their 
microscopic images on the plates that no telescope can see. 
Nature cannot lift a hand without being photographed. The 
imperturbable eye of man is always set on some part of the 
sidereal structure. The entire celestial vault has been photo- 
graphed on over 25.000 distinct plates. Human speech is im- 
potent and pens lifeless in any attempt to describe the intrica- 
cies and complexities of the universe of suns. Labyrinths, cor- 
ridors, passageways and lanes, winding between stellar walls, 
and out to great starry fields, and these so deep and wide that 
even mathematicians are over^vhelmed, submerged and lost in 
wonder. 

SOLITARY WASTES 

Let us mount the great telescope in this the Lowe Obser- 
vatory along with other complex instruments, such as telespec- 
troscopes, telecameras, micrometers and reading microscopes, 
on a flat car and ''launch out into the deep." We must take 
a parting look at our receding sun and earth and' then watch 
the Milky Way before us. Let the car move one mile each 
minute and not stop. Let it keep going on and on during 
one billion years. Then it will be half way to the Galactic 
host of suns, on the minimum and most conser\-ative estimate 
of its distance by modern astronomers. A billion is one thou- 
sand million. But no brain can comprehend one million years 
even. At this half-way point, let us take a photograph of the 
same spot in the ]\Iilky Way, that we photographed before 
starting, and compare the two. Nothing less than a powerful 
microscope could detect any difference between the negatives ! 
The telescope would be unable to spread out the stars to more 
than minute microscopic distances apart; and be almost as 
powerless as when far and away back on the earth. Select 
two suns, that, as seen from the earth, were the one-fiftieth of 
one second of arc apart; then at the half-way place they would 
be the one twenty-fifth of a second apart. Both distances are 

478 



microscopic. The unaided eye would not see any difference 
in the Milky Way after moving toward it with a speed of a 
mile per minute for one billion years. Four or five blank spots 
might be seen on the plate by the microscope. These are the 
places of missing suns, passed on the way out, and left in the 
rear. Upon looking backward, the full power of the telescope 
would be required to see "our" star — the sun, even if it could 
be identified among millions like it. Let the flying car move 
onward during another billion years; then it might possibly 
be somewhere near the outside limits of the Galaxy. 

During the final or home run of one hundred million years, 
we would take photographs at short intervals, say of one thou- 
sand years and compare with preceding photos. Differences 
would begin to be slightly more prominent, and the little dots 
wider and wider apart. In the course of more thousands of 
years, the thin white cloudlike effect of the Milky Way would 
disappear. And then low power instruments like opera 
glasses could see the widening spaces ; and later the eye with- 
out aid, could observe the expanding distances between the 
myriads of suns. Drawing still nearer the mysterious objects 
the suns would grow bright and much father apart. Keep 
on, and at the end of the two billion year journey, if you 
actually reach the Milky Way, you would not know it; for the 
celestial canopy of stars would look as it does when seen here 
from the earth. All the suns would appear to be as small and 
as far apart as they do from the earth's place in space. On 
our way we must have a care not to get anywhere near a star, 
for if we do, the car will burn to a cinder, and the glass and 
steel of the instruments melt in the terrific heat. No doubt 
now exists that the sidereal structure is shaped roughly like a 
convex lens, with diameter one way far greater than its thick- 
ness. Our sun and the earth are somewhere adjacent to the 
center; and upon looking through a great depth of stars 
towards the "edges," they appear as a confused cloudlike 
mass. Professor Simon Newcomb says : "There is every 
reason to believe that out of several hundred millions of stars 
in the universe, no more than 20,000 are within the distance 
corresponding to a parallax of 0.02 seconds of arc." Sci. Am. 
Supp., May 30-03. 

But the Milky Way is more distant than any of the 20,000 
stars. And for the purpose of this note, I used a parallax 
slightly less — 0.019, which makes the Galaxy distant just one 

479 



quadrillion miles. And a body moving one mile per minute, 
requires two billion years to traverse that mighty distance. 
We have used big number by selecting the snail's pace rate of 
only one mile per minute. So to avoid them, the unit speed 
adopted is 186,380 miles per second, the real velocity of light. 
There are 31,558,149 seconds in a sidereal year, and this num- 
ber multiplied by 186,380, gives the true ]imt of measure 
always used in surveying space. And this awful speed, the 
time required for light to move one quadrillion miles, is 170 
years. I have given the extremely low distance for the Milky 
Way to not appear extravagant. It actually is much farther 
away. Many mathematicians have estimated that there are 
stars so enormously distant that it takes light from 3,000 to 
15,000 years to come from them to the earth. The 170 above 
is modest indeed. Since suns are sunk into such deeps thai 
only the most powerful telescopes are able to see them, it 
follows that all habitable worlds are invisible. Suppose there 
are one billion suns — without doubt there are many more — and 
that each has eight worlds revolving around it, as is the case 
with our sun; then there would be eight billion planets. The 
whole of them could be annihilated at once and not be missed. 
The earth is unknown save to our nearby specks of neighbors 
such as Venus and Mars. It makes no difference to Nature 
whether the earth exists or not. The word parallax above, 
means the distance of the earth from the sun, as seen from a 
star. This distance usually looks like the diameter of a hair 
or spider's thread. 

IDEATION 

For purposes of real imagining, no disturbing object must 
be in sight. Nor must sound harass. Within a dense cloud 
on the summit of a mountain far removed from all humans, 
or animals, or insects, at the witching 14th hour, or 2 a. m., 
the ideal conditions are found. If the mind longs for sound, 
it must be imagined; for silence, solitude and stillness 
reign supreme. The best imaginary sound — one that 
satisfies all longings — is that imagined to issue from the 
axis of the earth in its turning. If you imagine that light 
exists, it merges into light supernal. For the real, turn on the 
light electric. Gigantic masses of cold metal, functioning as 
armatures in dynamos in Los Angeles, twenty miles away, 
saturate wires which, leading up to this peak, are always ready 

480 



0-N •: 




3 

3 






to furnish light. The solution of riddles is better accomplished 
within the time limits of from midnight to the first faint glow 
of advancing dawn, than from noon to the approach of even- 
ing shades. When well along toward the close of a series of 
imaginings, and things are almost ready to equate into a solu- 
tion of any enigma, even the buzzing of one minute insect's 
wings will usually upset all, and the riddle remains unsolved. 
I cannot describe absolute silence combined with the absolute 
of absolute darkness in the interior of a colossal mountain 
cloud. And if the reader wishes to experience the height of 
heights of satisfaction that can be experienced by that standing 
mystery of mysteries, the human personality — namely, the fac- 
ulty called racing of the mind, he must go to a place where 
light and sound do not exist. I cannot imagine in the clefts of 
rocks thousands of feet under mountains, within midnight 
caverns, and deep-mouthed caves, owing to the occasional drop- 
ping of water. This minute sound will disturb an imaginary 
visit to the bottom of the cavern in the grand Nebula in Orion. 
This giant rim, or brink, is 15 minutes in diameter, and with a 
parallax of the 1-200 second, a very reasonable estimate, the 
linear diameter is 16,740,000,000,000, nearly 17 trillion miles. 
But the photographs show perspective, a background receding 
into the distance. Beyond doubt, the depth of this cave in the 
stellar floor is three times the width, or 51 trillion miles. This 
is the distance of Sirius from the sun. A row of 3000 rings, side 
by side, each of the diameter of the orbit of Neptune, could 
move into this huge sink in cosmical wastes, or 90,000 circles 
of dimensions of the orbit of the earth. Glittering points, all 
suns, no doubt, adorn the brink and adjacent regions, and glow 
and blaze on herculean walls within. For what has all along 
appeared to be a flat surface in the central regions of this neb- 
ula, now reveals distant perspective, giving every appearance 
of a receding fioor of a cave. But the cave, unlike that in the 
earth in Kentucky, U. S. A., set in the blackness of darkness, 
issues floods of pearly light, and bursts into shining magnifi- 
cence. Streamers, wisps, sprays, filaments and threads of 
starry lace adorn a wide area, and glow within the cavern's vast 
deeps. And here, I am imagining these glories in the gloom 
and solitary wastes of a cloud in impenetrable darkness, and 
amid mountain stillness far too intense to be imagined by one 
not having had experience with solitude. The huge Nebula 

481 



in Orion is one of many thousands, and other abysses may be 
larger. 

Any celestial object having a parallax of one second is distant 
from the earth 19,182,645,000,000 miles. With parallax of 1-200 
second the distance is 200 times greater. With angular motion 
sufficient to be translated into a linear velocity of 200 miles 
per second, at that distance, then the quantity of matter in ex- 
istence to be able by means of gravitation to impart that falling 
specific speed, the body having fallen in from an infinite dis- 
tance, is sufficient to form thirty-two billion suns like our own. 
These, and all else beside, are formed of electrons. These 
were created by Mind — the only entity able to create. This 
set, rigid, and fixed fact forces the transformation of all physi- 
cal science into mental science. This train of imaginings run- 
ning from electrons, to a magnificent display of formed elec- 
trons, the Nebulosity in Orion, and thence to Mind supreme, 
is moved by root-words of human speech. These are Mind 
concretions, and are more nearly indestructible than so many 
masses of granite. A phase of directivity is based in lan- 
guages of man. 



482 



QUOTATIONS AND ILLUSTRATIONS 

(From "Behavior of the Lower Organisms," by H. S. Jen- 
nings, published by The Columbia University Press, New 
York, 1906 — The Macmillan Company, Agents. By permis- 
sion.) 

"The typical Amoeba here shown (Fig. 1) is a shapeless bit 
of jellylike protoplasm, continually changing as it moves about 
at the bottom of a pool amid the debris of decaying vegetation. 
From the main protoplasm's mass there are sent out, usually 
in the direction of locomotion, a number of lobelike or pointed 
projections, the pseudopodia (Fig. 1, ps.). These are with- 
drawn at intervals and replaced by others. Within the mass 
of protoplasm certain differentiations are observable. Covering 
the outer surface there is usually, though not always, a trans- 
parent layer containing no granules; this is called the ecto- 
sarc (Fig. 1, ec). Within this the protoplasm is granular, 
and contains bits of substance taken as food, vacuoles filled 
with water, and certain other structures. This general proto- 
plasm is known as the endosarc (Fig. 1 en.). Within the 
fluidlike endosarc we find two well-defined structures. One 
is a disk-like or rounded, more solid body, known as the 
nucleus (nu.). The other is a spherical globule of water, 
which at intervals collapses, emptying the contained water 
to the outside. This is the contractile vacuole (c. v.). In its 
usual locomotion the movement of an Amoeba is in many re- 
spects comparable to rolling, the upper surface continually 
passing forward and rolling under the anterior end, so as 
to form the lower surface. By repeated stimulation of an 
Amoeba it is possible to drive it in any desired direction. The 
advancing edge is touched with the glass tipped rod ; it 
thereupon withdraws. A new pseudopodium is sent out else- 
where. Amoeba react to chemicals, heat, light and electricity. 
From these they seek to escape. Light has a peculiar effect 
on an Amoeba. In general, its functions seem better performed 
in the dark ; strong light interferes with it seriously. It 
is well known that exposure to strong light is destructive 
to most lower organisms. An Amoeba reacts in a very definite 
way when a continuous current is passed through the water 

483 



containing- it. That side of the body which is directed toward 
the positive pole or anode contracts as if the animal were 
strongly stimulated here. Then a pseudopodium starts out 
somewhere on the side directed toward the negative pole or 
cathode, and the amoeba creeps in that direction. 

'Tn the water in which Amoeba lives are found many other 
minute animals and plants. Upon these, Amoeba preys, taking 
indifferently an animal or a vegetable diet. Its behavior while 
engaged in obtaining food is ver}^ remarkable for so simple 
an animal. Spherical cysts of Euglena are a common food 
with Amoeba proteus (Fig. 1.). The cysts are smooth and 
spherical, easily rolling when touched, so they present con- 
siderable difficulties to an Amcsba attempting to ingest them. 
Fig. 2. Thus, in a case observ^ed by the author, an Amoeba 
proteus was moving toward a Euglena cyst. When the an- 
terior edge of the Amoeba came in contact with it, the cyst 
rolled forward a little and slipped to the left. The Amoeba 
followed. When it reached the cyst again, the latter was 
again pushed forward and to the left. The Amoeba con- 
tinued to follow\ This process was continued till the two 
had traversed about one-fourth the circumference of a circle. 
Then (at 3) the cyst was pushed forward rolled to the left, 
quite out of contact with the animal. The latter then con- 
tinued straight forward with broad anterior edge, in a direc- 
tion which would have taken it away from the food. But a 
small pseudopodium on the left side came in contact with 
cyst, wehreupon the Amoeba turned and again followed the 
rolling ball. At times the animal sent out two pseudopodia, 
one at each side the cyst (as at 4), as if trying to enclose the 
latter, but the spherical cyst rolled so easily that it did not 
succeed. At other times a single, long, slender pseudopodium 
was sent out. only its tip remaining in contact w^ith the cyst 
(5) ; then the body w^as brought up from the rear, and the 
food pushed farther. Thus the chase continued until the 
rolling cyst and the following Amoeba had described almost 
a complete circle, returning nearly to the point where the 
Amoeba had first come in contact with the cyst. At this 
point the cyst rolled to the right as it was pushed forward (7) . 
The Amoeba followed (8, 9). This new path was continued 
for some time. The direction in which the ball was rolling 
would soon have brought it against an obstacle, so that it 
seemed probable that the Amoeba would finally secure it. But 



at this point, after the chase had lasted ten or fifteen minutes,. 
a ciliate infusorian whisked the ball away in its ciliary vortex. 

Such behavior makes a striking impression on the observer 
who sees it for the first time. The Amoeba conducts itself in 
its efforts to obtain food in much the same way as animals 
far higher in the scale." 

"Amoebae frequently prey upon each other. Sometimes 
the prey is contracted and does not move ; then there is no 
difficulty in ingesting it. But the victim does not always 
conduct itself so passively as in this case, and sometimes 
finally escapes from its pursuer. This may be illustrated by 
a case observed by the present writer (Fig. 3). 

'T had attempted to cut an Amoeba in two with the tip of a 
fine glass rod. The posterior third of the animal, in the 
form of a wrinkled ball, remained attached to the rest of 
the body by only a slender cord, — remains of the ectosarc. 
The Amoeba began to creep away, dragging with it this 
ball. This Amoeba may be called a, while the ball will be 
designated b (see Fig. 21). A larger Amoeba (c) approached, 
moving at right angles to the path of the first specimen. Its 
path accidentally brought it in contact with the ball b, which 
was dragging past its front. Amoeba c thereupon turned, fol- 
lowed Amoeba a, and began to engulf the ball b. A cavity 
was formed in the anterior part of Amoeba c, reaching back 
nearly or quite to its middle, and much more than suffi- 
cient to contain the ball b. Amoeba a now turned into a 
new path; Amoeba c followed (Fig. 21, at 4). After the 
pursuit had lasted for some time the ball b had become 
completely enveloped by Amoeba c. The cord connecting 
the ball with Amoeba a broke, and the latter went on its 
way, disappearing from our account. Now the anterior open- 
ing of the cavity in Amoeba c became partly closed, leaving 
only a slender canal (5). The ball was thus completely en- 
closed, together with a quantity of water. There was no 
adhesion between the protoplasm of b and c ; on the contrary, 
as the sequel will show clearly, both remained independent, 
c merely enclosing b. 

Now the large Amoeba c stopped, then began to move in 
another direction (Fig. 21, at 5-6), carrying with it its meal. 
But the meal — the ball b — now began to show signs of life, 
sent out pseudopodia, and became very active ; we shall there- 
fore speak of it henceforth as Amoeba b. It began to creep 

486 



out through the still open canal, sending forth its pseudopodia 
to the outside (7). Thereupon Amoeba c sent forth its pseu- 
dopodia in the same direction, and after creeping in that direc- 
tion several times its own length, again encolsed b (7, 8). 
The latter again partly escaped (9), and was again engulfed 
completely (10). Amoeba c now started again in the oppo- 
site direction (11), whereupon Amoeba b, by a few rapid 
movements, escaped from the posterior end of Amoeba c, and 
was free — being completely separated from c (11, 12). There- 
upon c reversed its course (12), overtook b, engulfed it com- 
pletely again (13), and started away. Amoeba b now con- 
tracted into a ball and remained quiet for a time. Apparently 
the drama was over. Amoeba c went on its way for about 
five minutes without any sign of life in b. In the movements 
of c the ball became gradually transferred to its posterior 
end, until there was only a thin layer of protoplasm between 
b and the outer water. Now b began to move again, sent 
pseudopodia through the thin w^all to the outside, and then 
passed bodily out into the water (14). This time Amoeba c 
did not return and recapture b. The two Amoebse moved in 
opposite directions and became completely separated. The 
whole performance occupied about fifteen minutes." Jen- 
nings, pp. 1-15. 

COMMENT ON PROFESSOR JENNINGS' 
RESEARCHES 

Leverrier and Adams discovered the distant, and to them 
an unknown and invisible world — the planet Neptune by means 
of mathematics. Modern spectroscopists perform the seem- 
ingly impossible work of determining the approach and reces- 
sion in space of suns in the line of sight, and their specific 
speeds. And they also weigh the flying suns. The micro- 
scopist brings countless billions of living things into view, 
photographs them in rapid motion and then projects these 
hitherto unknown and unseen units of life from the realms 
invisible, in full motion upon the retina of the eye, an 
achievement also apparently beyond human powers. These 
are the highest works wrought by Mind so far in man's men- 
tal evolution — triumphs of Mind. But I submit to the reader 
the amazing facts of these minute jellylike microscopic ani- 
mals in their search for living creatures for food. 

486 



Such highly organized and intelligent animals as dogs and 
hares are exactly imitated. Rabbits fleeing from wolves and 
dogs suddenly reverse direction of flight to disconcert their 
pursuers. But these animals have eyes, ears, noses, tongues 
and nerves, the five senses in a high degree of perfection, 
hearing, seeing, and smelling being much more nearly perfect 
than they are in man. The "bags of glue," sacs of gelatinous 
water, scarcely enclosed specks of protoplasm actually and 
positively contain, enclose, include, use, manifest, or express 
Mind. Search every language and no word can be found to 
take the place of the mighty word Mind. This is the unseen 
force, the unknown worker and prime mover. An Amoeba 
has no organs whatever, but it behaves precisely as it would 
having eyes. It is composed of oxygen, hydrogen, nitrogen, 
carbon and a trace of sulphur combined in a complex that 
requires the most skillful chemist to analyze, and life. And 
this in water scarcely more than separated from adjacent 
water by a filmy surface. To become aware of the existence 
of the cysts required the action of Mind. Without nerves, 
they feel heat, light and electricity. These simple — really 
complex, for protoplasm is intricate in the extreme, — beings 
behave like a dog in pursuit of prey, and escape from enemies. 
It is known that many attributes and qualities of Mind in 
dogs are exactly alike the same phases in man. Thus the 
lowest animal and highest man, when they possess like facul- 
ties of Mind, display these as being precisely alike. The 
brain of an ant, as Darwin says, "is one of the most wonder- 
ful objects known." How minute is the brain of a small ant ; 
yet it is the place of expression of Mind, having an amazing 
similitude to phases in man. The ants do human things, and 
these marvels, together with the mental wonders of bees, 
have ever been the subject of thought by able philosophers. 
How excessively minute are the surfaces of convolutions in 
the brain of an ant ; yet these distinct and separated areas are 
points of manifestation of as many faculties of Mind. 



487 



J. BUTLER BURKE'S EXPERIMENTS 

The culture experiments of J. Butler Burke in the long-time 
famous Cavendish laboratory, Cambridge, England. Many 
discoveries that have changed the career of man have been 
made in this historic building. Thus Michael Faraday, on 
August 31, 1831, took up a wire that was carrying a feeble 
current of electricity and happened to bend it around a piece 
of iron. The iron instantly became a magnet. Every elec- 
tric railroad, telegraph, telephone, dynamo, motor, and all else 
electro-magnetic in machinery came from that little — majestic 
— event. 

Burke placed the extract of one pound of beef in 2.20462 
pounds of distilled water; added 1 per cent peptone, 1 of salt,, 
and 10 of gelatine, and applied gentle heat until all of the in- 
gredients were dissolved. This compound is called bouillon,, 
and has played an important part in bacteriological laborator- 
ies. Any germ placed therein will grow and divide into others, 
and arrange into groups, tangled chains of microbes. Burke 
sterilized the bouillon by means of heat up to 266 degrees F., 
54 degrees hotter than boiling water. This kills every known 
type of bacteria. Into this sterile or lifeless mixture a small 
quantity of radium bromide was placed, and the whole set in 
a warm cabinet and left during twenty-four hours, when a 
wondrous growth appeared under the radium. He placed 
some of these growths under a high power microscope. He 
wrote : "They looked like microbes, but as they did not give 
sub-cultures when inoculated in fresh media, they could 
scarcely be bacteria. The progress of any of the sub-cultures, 
after a month, was extremely small, certainly too small for 
bacterial growth. On heating the culture, the bacterial-like 
forms completely disappeared, but only temporarily, for after 
some days they were again visible when examined in a micro- 
scope. Nay, more, they disappeared between the glass slides 
when exposed to daylight for some hours, but reappeared again 
after a few days when kept in the dark. Thus it seems quite 
conclusive that whatever they may be their presence is due 
to the spontaneous action of the radium." 

Burke turned the objects over to a skilled microscopist to 
secure his opinion. And "his observations fully confirm my 
own. He assures me that they are not bacteria and suggests 
that they might possibly be crystals, highly organized bodies, 

488 



though not bacteria." "Photographs, together with results of 
microscopic observation, indicate that a continuous growth and 
development take place followed by segregation and these 
suggest vitality. I have ventured, in order to distinguish 
them from either crystals or microbes, to give them a new^ 
name, radiophobes." 

From these experiments, the impression went all over the 
world that life had been developed or evolved from inorganic 
matter. But the tube which held the bouillon was stopped at 
the top — "impervious to bacteria." Suppose that the objects 
that appeared in Burke's cultures had been alive — which they 
were not, as they did not divide when placed in other media 
— then there is no proof of spontaneous generation or radio- 
genesis, because air passes between the fibers of the cotton 
wool. And germs of life revealed by the new ultra-micro- 
scope are much smaller than any bacteria known to Burke. 
Many similar experiments have been made since, notably by 
Leduc, in Nantes, France. He has placed many kinds of 
chemicals in liquids of different kinds and densities and degrees 
of viscosity. In these mixtures he has obtained many forms 
extremely close in appearance to living things. If Leduc has 
not at this writing produced by chemical means, bodies that 
will germinate, divide and sub-divide, by fiission, he has not 
extended discovery into regions of creation far beyond Burke, 
for his culture bodies died. The studies and results secured 
by Leduc are very wonderful indeed. If man actually pro- 
duces bodies that vv^ill divide grow, reproduce their kind and 
live, then the triumph of that phase of IMind now manifesting 
as human will be exalted to a very high estate ; and prove the 
contention of this book, namely, that Mind is at the base of 
Nature. 

From address of Professor H. E. Armstrong, President of 
Section B, Chemistry, at Winnipeg Meeting of the British 
Association : 

"If we inquire as to the general affect of the increase of 
knowledge of organic compounds, it is clear that our concep- 
tions of structure must be granted more than analogical signi- 
ficance. Everything tends to show that function and struc- 
ture are most closely connected — odor, taste, color, phys- 
iological effect are specific rather than general properties, each 
conditioned in its special variety by some special structure; 



we are approaching very closely to a time when it should be 
possible to discuss such properties with considerable confi- 
dence. Still it must not be forgotten that the problems they 
offer are all valency problems and that the nature of valency 
eludes us entirely at present. 

"We are bound, therefore, to assume that a large propor- 
tion of the changes which occur in living organisms — which 
constitute vital Metabolism — are directed changes. What is 
the nature of this directive power? We are already able to 
go far in explaining this, although our knowledge is mainly 
of analytical changes, the nature of synthetic changes being, 
at present, only inferentially disclosed to us. 

"It has long been known that under natural conditions many 
complex substances are broken down by the co-operations of 
enzymes ; the effect produced by these enzymes is precisely 
similar to that of acids, except that all acids produce the 
effect, acting only with different degrees of readiness, whilst 
enzymes are strictly selective, a given enzyme acting only as 
a rule, either on a single substance or on a series of substances 
similar in structure. Indisputable evidence has been obtained 
that the enzymes which act on the carbohydrates are inti- 
mately related in structure to the compounds which they 
attack, fitting them much as a key fits into a good lock; the 
slightest alteration in the structure of the carbohydrate is 
sufficient to throw the enzyme out of action. The relative 
positions of the simple hydrogen atom attached to the carbon 
atom are merely interchanged, yet this is sufficient to render 
the one proof against the action of emulsin — the enzyme of 
the almond — the other proof against that of maltase — the 
enzyme present in yeast. 

"Although there can be little doubt, in the case of plants 
and animals, that the synthetic processes do not occur spon- 
taneously and directly between the interagents but are for the 
most part at some stage or other directed or controlled, it 
cannot well be supposed that every asymmetric compound is 
the direct outcome of a controlled process ; nor is it necessary 
to assume that such is the case. 

"The general impression produced by facts such as have 
been referred to is that directive influences are the paramount 
influences at work in building up living tissues. These came 
into operation, it is to be supposed, at a very early stage in 
the case of the plant. 

490 



"But taking into account the very different proportions in 
which products are formed of dift'erent origin, it is clear that 
the several sections of the molecule must be differently ordered 
in the different proteins; again, therefore, it is necessary to 
assume that the formation of such substances is directed. We 
may picture molecule after molecule as 'being brought into 
line' against a template and the junctions which are required 
to bind the whole series together as being made through the 
agency of the enzymic dehydrating influence before referred to. 

"The general similarity of structure throughout organized 
creation may well be conditional primarily by properties in- 
herent in the materials of which all living things are com- 
posed — of carbon, of oxygen, of nitrogen, of hydrogen, of 
phosphorus, of sulphur. At some early period, however, the 
possibilities became limited and directed processes became the 
order of the day. From that time onward the chemistry per- 
vailing in organic nature became a far simpler chemistry than 
that of the laboratory; the possibilities were diminished, the 
certainties of a definite line of action w^ere increased. How 
this came about it is impossible to say; mere accident may 
have led to it. Thus we may assume that some relatively 
simple asymmetric substance was produced by the fortuitous 
occurrence of a change under conditions such as obtain in 
our laboratories and that consequently the enantiamorphous 
isomeric forms of equal opposite activity were produced in 
equal amounts. We may suppose that a pool containing such 
material having been dried up dust of molecular fineness was 
dispersed; such dust falling into other similar pools near the 
crystallization point may well have conditioned the separation 
of only one of the two isomeric forms present in the liquid. A 
separation having been once affected in this manner, assum- 
ing the substance to be one which could influence its own 
formation, one from rather than the other might have been 
produced. An active substance thus generated and selected 
out might then become the origin of a series of asymmetric 
synthesis. How the complicated series of changes which con- 
stitute life may have arisen we cannot even guess at present. 

"The ovum and the spermatazoon must be supposed to have 
all the directive influences stored up in them which are sub- 
sequently brought into play in the development of the organ- 
ism ; they may be looked upon as bundles of templates of very 
definite structure. 



"The manner in which development proceeds must depend 
(1) on the fundamental properties of the constituent primary 
units — that is to say, the elementary atoms; (2) on the struc- 
ture of the germinal masses; (3) on the available primary 
food materials; and (4) on the character of the operative 
enzymes, whose work it is to incorporate into the protoplasmic 
complexes the scattered elements as they come into position 
on the various templates the nuclei afford. 

"It would seem that control is exercised and stability se- 
cured in several ways; not only is the form laid down in 
advance, but certain chosen materials are alone available and 
the builders can only unite particular materials in particular 
ways." 

COMMENTS ON PROF. ARMSTRONG'S LECTURE 

"Function and structure are most closely connected." This 
is a high order of biologic science : each structure acts accord- 
ing to the original plan ; it must function as it actually does in 
all organic beings. But this is proof absolute of directivity; 
the eye was directed to see. It is impossible that a structure 
shall function without having been directly formed for that 
purpose. Thus a microscope aids vision because it was made 
to aid sight. 

"The nature of valency eludes." True, none knows what 
chemical affinity, or atomic attraction in the process of unit- 
ing to form compounds really is. But this is known, the 
equivalence, the invariability of set and fixed combining num- 
bers of atoms in elemental molecules, is one of the most pro- 
found displays of mathematics in the entire realm of Nature. 
Every atom in every molecule has been counted without 
error. Since chemistry was set upon the rock of definite pro- 
portions, valency has been the admiration of all physicists, 
chemists and mathmaticians. 

"Changes in vital metabolism are directed changes." And 
this was spoken by one of the chief chemists in the world, 
vice-president of the British Association, so late as September, 
1909! I was not aware that the word directivity had been 
used by Professor Armstrong when I began writing this 
work. To repeat: "Vital changes are directed changes." 
This satisfies my contention; and all the more in that this 

492 



word directed was used by a great chemist when speaking 
on the subject of biological chemistry — the chemistry of the 
living. 

Here was an auspicious opening for the insertion of the 
word Mind, but it does not appear. The words analytical and 
synthetic are written, however, but the only entity able to 
perform these is Mind. Read carefully the quotation regard- 
ing the wonderful enzymes — ferments. They are fitted to the 
compounds which they attack as a key to a lock. The word 
selective is employed. In the large book whence this quota- 
tion was made, there are two diagrams of molecules of two 
different compounds. The atoms are the same in each but a 
slight change in position occurs, represented to the eye thus: 
CH30.CH for one, and HC.0CH3 for the other. This ex- 
ceedingly minute difterence in place merely of carbon, hydro- 
gen and oxygen atoms completely prevents the actions of 
the enzymes — the key does not fit the lock. Now this posi- 
tively is due to the action of Mind. The Mind that formed 
these compounds from atoms and molecules that had been 
formed of electrons. 

"The general impression produced has been referred to 
directive influences." And this highly important statement 
made by a chemist of great skill — not by a mere metaphysician. 
And more : "These came into operation at a very early stage 
in the case of the plant." 

Very early indeed, since these influences were the first. 

Still more : 'Tt is clear that several sections of the mole- 
cule must be differently ordered, therefore it is again necessary 
to assume that the formation of such substances is directed." 
My object in publishing this book is to advocate this very 
doctrine. For the three basic words formed, ordered, 
and directed, are written by Armstrong. Absolutely 
and positively the only entity in existence, able to form, 
order and direct, is Mind. Matters, in the inherent nature 
of the entire Universe, of of man, of language, of thought, 
cannot be otherwise. Mind and Mind only has potency and 
power to do these things. 



THE TEMPLATE 

"We may picture molcule after molecule as 'being brought 
into line' against a template." It is doubtful if all the books 
on chemistry ever published, if carefully examined would 
be found to contain a more remarkable statement than that 
molecules are brought into line against a template. What 
consumate skill was used, what complete search of language 
in the discovery of a word to substitute for the compound word 
Mind-form. The chemist, so it appears to me, in the midst 
of his analysis came to a point where the existence of a form, 
design, outline, mold, pattern or specification was an absolute 
necessity in the formation or building of a molecule. Whether 
the Professor thought of the term Mind-form is not known 
to me. At all events the word template was selected. Tem- 
plate is from the Latin templated, vaulted, from templum, a 
small timber. As used now, it means a mold used by brick- 
layers and masons in cutting or setting out their work. 

Then atoms being formed into molecules, and molecules 
into elements, is comparable to a wall being formed by bricks 
being lined up against a template. But a template is a guide, 
or rule, comparable at least, to one line in a Mind-form pat- 
tern or design. If the substitution of a form designed by 
Mind for the word template be metaphysical, "so mote it be." 
In the sentences quoted from Professor Armstrong leading 
up to the wonderful word LIFE, are written the words: "or- 
ganized creation" ; "carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, hydrogen, phos- 
phorus, sulphur; directed processes the order of the day; sim- 
pler chemistry; certainties of a definite line of action increased; 
mere accident may have led to it; fortuitous occurrence of a 
change ; isomeric forms ; dried up dust ; influence its own 
formation ; asymmetric synthesis" and finally "life." These 
words then are followed by this next sentence : 

"The ovum and the spermatozoon must be supposed to 
have all the directive influences stored up in them ... in 
the development of the organism, may be looked upon as 
bundles of templates. 

The rock-based truth is that the first ovum of any one kind 
of living being contained the original directive influence, the 
successors of this first ovum is now on earth if the kind exists, 
and will exist without a trace of change in orginal specifica- 
tion so long as the kind, type, genus, species, class or division 

494 



exists on this planet. The words "bundles of templates" I 
would change to primordial Mind-forms. The sentence : "Va- 
rious templates the nuclei afford" is not understood. How 
can ultra-microscopic nuclei "afford templates"? The theory 
as understood is that the nuclei arranged themselves along 
the straight edges or lines of the templates. "Stability was 
secured in several ways ; (one being) the form laid down in 
advance." The only power that exists or can exist, able to lay 
down a form in advance is Mind. 

BEGINNINGS OF LIFE 

By Clement A. Whiting, Sc. D., D. O., Chairman of the 
Facultv of The Pacific College of Osteopathy, Los Angeles, 
Calif., U. S. A. : 

"The lowest forms of life with which we are acquainted are 
the unicellular plants and animals. 

These vary in size from those which can almost be seen 
with the unaided eye down to those which tax the highest 
powers of the modern microscope. Indeed there is increasing 
reason to believe that many of these forms of life are entirely 
below the power of microscopic vision. It is quite possible 
that the reason why the organisms producing smallpox, mumps 
and a few other diseases have not yet been discovered is 
because they are too small to be seen with the microscope. 
When we remember that it is quite possible to magnify an 
object to four or even five million times its normal area, 
it gives us some idea in regard to the inconceivable minute- 
ness of these forms of life. 

Between those forms which are clearly vegetable and those 
which are clearly animal, there is no sharp line of demarca- 
tion. It appears to the biologist of the present day that both 
plants and animals sprang from a common source and that 
as life became more complex, some of these primitive forms 
branched off in the direction of the vegetable and others 
which became more profoundly modified branched in the di- 
rection of animal life. 

Even among these primitive organisms, it is possible to 
recognize some which belong to a progressive type and some 
which are more or less degenerated in structure and form. 
It is no easy matter to give a satisfactory definition of either 
a plant or an animal. The higher forms are so different that 

496 



one would have little difficulty in distinguishing between 
them but as one studies the lower forms, he finds that his 
distinction must either be largely arbitrary or that he must 
make explanation of his definitions. In a general way it may 
be said that plants are characterized by having cell walls com- 
posed of cellulose while the animal cell is enclosed either by 
an albuminous envelope or is totally without such a bounding 
membrane. 

But there are many exceptions to this general definition. 
The modern biologist regards it as somewhat of a waste of 
valuable time in many cases to undertake to say definitely 
as to whether a given form is animal or vegetable. It is much 
more in harmonv with his habits of thoug^ht and with his 
conception of the value of study to spend his time in finding 
out the nature and structure of a given organism rather than 
settling the purely academic question of its classification. 

From the days when philosophy flourished in Athens up 
to the present time, no question has been regarded as more 
important than the question of the origin of life. After 2500 
years of thought and study and research, we are not much 
better prepared to discuss this question than was Aristotle 
or Plato. It has been impressed upon us that there is a 
great continuity in nature and it is impossible for the modern 
thinker to suppose that the introduction of life was a serious 
interruption in the orderly progress of nature. When life first 
appeared, we may feel reasonable sure that it was in strict 
harmony with the progress which was going on at that time. 
With the development of life, came boundless opportunities 
for Drogression. Living things vrere in a state of unstable 
equilibrium both chemically and biologically and at least two 
methods of progress became possible. 

The unstable chemical condition of living things made small 
changes absolutely inevitable and whenever these changes 
were of such character as to better fit the organism for its 
environment, it will be readily seen that that fortunate or- 
ganism would not only stand a better chance to surs^ive but 
that by surviving, it would leave a great number of de- 
scendants then some closely allied form which did not fit its 
environment quite so accurately. 

Development proceeding from the accumulation of these 
minute characteristics, is spoken of as development by evolu- 
tion and almost all biologists agree in recognizing this as 

496 



b£L 




Slit Ultra-Microscope — For examination of colloid solutions. By Carl 
Zeiss, Jena. Germany. This microscope makes use of the enertjy 
waves, in the ultra-violet regions of the solar spectrum. The 
objects are subjected to dark-ground illumination. Living bacteria 
moving in liquids are rescued from the realms of the unseen anJ. 
photographed. Collodial — jelly-like creatures, invisible in ordi- 
nary mircroscopes are brought into the range of the sensitive 
plate. 




Instruments in the Lowe Observatory — Spectroscope on the left 
lleliostat. right, and mirror in the center. For study of the Fraun- 
hofer lines in the spectra of the sun and stars. 



one of the most important factors in the development of Hfe 
in its many forms on the earth. But it appears that the un- 
stable equilibrium of organic beings is occasionally manifested 
by some great change which takes place in a single generation. 
These marked changes are spoken of as mutations and it is 
quite probable that the vast majority of mutations are so 
unfortunate for the individual that he either does not sur- 
vive, or if he does survive, he leaves fev^^ or no descendants 
to inherit his unfortunate peculiarity. On the other hand, it 
may occasionally happen that some condition is of such a 
fortunate type that the individual may not only be able to 
survive but may possibly give rise to a race that would have 
an especial advantage in the struggle for existence. 

It is a matter of the most common observation that the 
certain peculiarities of one generation are transmitted to the 
next. Because this is true, some superficial observers have 
jumped to the conclusion that all peculiarities are thus trans- 
missable. More careful study has shown that there is a 
very definite law governing inheritance and that such char- 
acteristics as the individual may acquire are never transmitted 
while congenital characteristics may be transmitted, but as 
before stated, transmitted in harmony with a law of inherit- 
ance which is rapidly becoming well understood. 

Until very recently all observation bearing upon inheritance 
had been made upon the higher forms of animals and plant 
life. -More recently careful attention has been given to the 
lower forms of life and it is probable that the same laws 
which govern the inheritance among the higher organisms 
control the inheritance among lower species. The slight 
variations occurring among animals and plants of the same 
species may give rise to either a higher degree of development 
or to degeneration. No one can look much below the surface 
of nature and fail to recognize the fact that every individual 
animal and plant has to make a fierce struggle for existence. 
Pages of space may be saved by saying that modern biologists 
conceive of this struggle as being somewhat like the struggle 
which the young man or young woman cast alone and un- 
friended in a large city would be obliged to make, in order 
to secure the means of living. Whether such an one by reason 
of this struggle develops into a valuable citizen or an in- 
habitant of the slums would depend upon a variety of cir- 
cumstances, but it is easy to see that as a result of the struggle. 

497 



the person would be forced either up or down. Those plants 
or animals which in the struggle for existence are forced 
down are spoken of as degenerate forms and those which are 
able to press upw^ard, are the advancing or progressive forms. 
Whenever an animal or a plant in this struggle finds some 
easy way of living, it almost invariably results in degeneration. 
Those worms and other forms which having adopted the 
parasitic habit and learned to live in the alimentary canals 
and the flesh of the higher animals, exchanged all possibility 
of advancement and development for safety. Many times 
in the history of the human race, man has exchanged the 
possibility for intellectual advancement for what he considers 
safety. Whenever he has done this, he has brought upon 
himself intellectual degradation. 

We have no reason to believe that conditions which can or- 
iginate life longer exist upon the earth. From the very nature 
of things, we can not positively know this to be true but it 
is safe to say that there is no reason for believing that spon- 
taneous generation ever occurs at the present time. Closeh" 
associated with degeneration is regeneration or the power 
of the living organism to supply those parts which have been 
intentionally or accidentally removed. In a general way it 
may be said that plants possess much greater power of re- 
generation than animals and the lower animals possess much 
greater power of regeneration than do the higher animals. 
Thus many trees are quite able to regenerate all missing 
parts when a slip is stuck in the earth and placed under 
conditions favorable for growth. The salamander is capable 
of regenerating an entire leg. In the bodies of the higher 
animals the power of regeneration is reduced to the ability 
to supply epithelial cells as fast as they are normally desquama- 
ted from the body and to some extent to regenerate connective 
tissue, this latter is well seen in the healing of wounds. 

The lower organisms both among plants and animals readily 
react to the stimulation of light, heat, colour, chemicals and 
gravity. Those that are attracted by any of these forces, 
are said to react positively, the others to react negatively. In 
this reaction there is no reason for believing that the power 
of choice, as that is understood among the higher organisms, 
plays any part whatever, and yet it is probable that from this 
lowly beginning the mind of man has had its development. It 
is probably safe to say in the light of present knowledge that 



498 



scientific psychology must rest upon a foundation derived 
from studying- the activities of the lower forms of animal life 
and perhaps the lower forms of plant life." 

From the London Lancet: 

"Upon consideration of the relation of hybridism to natural 
selection, it would doubtless seem that the theory of evolu- 
tion, as it is commonly accepted to-day, is in need of additional 
proof and extensive explanation. For the almost uniform 
sterility of hybrid animals is indeed a singular comment upon 
the great theory of natural selection. Hybrids have never 
been brought to reproduce themselves naturally without arti- 
ficial crosses. Whenever one of the productive elements pre- 
dominates the other is lost. Thus we are brought to recog- 
nize the independent character of the specific types and the 
impossibility of originating a new and independent form. A 
fundamental law of Nature, which alone maintains the order 
and fixity necessary in the domain of life ; for without this 
law we should have only a chaos of non-coherent and chang- 
ing forms. 

Reviewing the facts of natural selection from the stand- 
point of the sterility of hybrids, how is it that hybrids in their 
natural unproductiveness present to us Nature's limitations, 
the boundaries of which we cannot pass? Who or what fixed 
these bounds, and why should they be fixed in the natural 
order of things? The answer is that these facts show us as 
plainly as anything that can possibly do so, that he who runs 
may read, 'Here the limits have been placed by the mental 
on the physical.' Or should we assert the contrary, and dare 
to ask if Nature can place limits on herself? Or is she so free 
of action that while she is under necessity hard and fast, she 
can yet limit herself? Or is it the necessity that limits? 
Where then is the necessity of fruitless hybridism under a 
system in which all are linear relations?" 

To all these questions one answer, and only one, can be 
given, and this is that the limitations here are Nature's limits 
only because, as a great philosopher says, they are Mind limits 
first; and so certain Minds will not unite in fruitfulness, so 
will not bodies from them. For under a system of distinct 
and graded Mind-forms, this fruitfulness is intelligible ; in an 
absolutely free-love nature is unthinkable. Hybrids them- 
selves — in the very first-hand crosses — are unprocurable natu- 

499 



rally. There is no reason why bodies of various kinds should 
not unite without let or hindrance, for matter is homogeneous 
and organisms form a common cell. If indeed, as some assert, 
the physical were the all-in-all, Nature's limits would be abso- 
lutely abolished. But this is not the case, for as long as we 
abide in Mind-limits we will not be troubled very much to 
account for physical, bodily limitations.'' 

Thus actually, the impressive terms "Mind-limits," "Mind- 
forms," "mental," are used in the chief medical journal of the 
world. Can it be possible that a new era is dawning? And 
that Mind is finally to be recognized? 

It is true Nature's idiographs, thought-forms, Mind-models, 
Mind-patterns, Mind-limits, Mind-plans, Mind-designs, were 
written in the beginning of each life-form, type, kind, genus, 
species, class and division, to endure as such from the instant 
of beginning to that of the end on this planet. Hybrids do 
not endure. If they did the inhabitants of the earth, all its 
forms of life would soon be in an inextricable jumble and con- 
fusion. The permanence of a thought-form, mentoid, ex- 
pressed in life is about as lasting as are the azoic rocks of 
the globe. 

THE SURPASSING MYSTERY OF PERSONALITY 

Now that strictly scientific methods, those in hourly use in 
all of the great standard sciences, are applied to researches 
in the majestic science, mentonomy, the deep-seated mystery 
of personality has become deeper and wider than before. In 
the present state of mentology, students are all at sea as to 
the nature of the human personality — the mind within man. 
All that can be done now is to study with critical care and 
assiduity the phenomena and activities of mind under all con- 
ditions, whether in health or disease, secure data, and then 
attempt to formulate hypotheses. 

So intense is the disappointment at not being able to detect 
a trace of fact as to the nature of the human mentality that 
one not a true investigator might well be discouraged. But 
chagrin and discomfiture have not appeared, the exploration 
is now being maintained with all the earnestness of search 
for the poles of the earth amid sinister and forbidding wastes 
of snow and ice. 

500 



So far as humans are concerned, the center of the universe 
for each Hes within the personaHty. If the universe, com- 
posed of space and matter, has infinite dimensions, than an 
eye anywhere occupies the center. Assume a diameter for 
the universe, say of fifty quadrillion miles, then this magni- 
tude is practically infinite to any human mentality, even that 
of any one of the world's mighty mathematicians, trained to 
think with persistent continuity, yet totally unable to think 
of personality, of Mind. Thus any mathematician can weigh 
the sun and stars, but cannot think how he is able to take up 
a pencil or pen. The astonishing fact stands out: we cannot 
think of any mental entity. We cannot even think of our own 
selves. Really, all the sentences here being written are in- 
volved in obscurity. Thus the sentence, "We cannot think of 
ourselves," cannot be explained. We know nothing of our 
own mysterious self, person, personality, Mind, mentality or 
the entity within — the life and Mind. For we cannot estab- 
lish thoughts of Mind and life. The terms, "we," "our own," 
are beset with obscurity. We cannot discover ourselves. 
One can not discover self, yet it is rigidly maintained by some 
mentonomists that we can hold an argument with selves, our- 
selves, with our personality. The reader will observe the 
word "our" here; but this implies ownership. "It took him a 
minute to make up his Mind," is a common expression, but the 
ablest mentonomist cannot explain it, nor can he decide if the 
expression is correct. Who made up whose Mind? Who is 
owner, and what does he own? No doubt something could 
be done if we could find where to begin. If we could secure 
one hint, or faint suggestion, as to what the personality within 
really is like, then this could be followed and it might lead to 
some discovery. If not, then the nature of the human per- 
sonality is unknowable. I dislike to use the word unknow- 
able, especially when standing before the imposing facade of 
the temple of modern mathematics, the master science. 

In the study of Nature, in the formulation of a set and fixed 
science, there is always some unguarded place, a vulnerable 
point opening to an avenue of research ; but none has been 
found in this seemingly impenetrable science, the science of 
the Mind. We cannot form even a theory of what Mind is. 
It is so absolutely unlike matter, or any of its known prop- 
erties, that it is unthinkable. The throne-room of the per- 
sonality is in the brain ; but only a fraction of the brain is the 

501 



seat of Mind. Mind functions in tissue, and this process is 
the mystic personality. This word functioning always creeps 
in although inexplicable, unless the Mind is capable of activat- 
ing outside of a brain. When Mind enters and sets up a suc- 
cession of thoughts, then the word functioning is admissable. 
This is an obscure way of saying that a personality can exist 
and manifest outside of the human brain and system of nerves. 
And the literature making this assertion is increasing all over 
the world by leaps and bounds. This is a striking mentologi- 
cal fact in itself. Since the art of writing appeared, the human 
personality has not been held in such high importance as at 
present. And its study is inextricably involved in physical 
sciences as well as mental. When a person is engaged in an 
argument with another part or division of itself, the fact is 
known, but with whom is the original self conversing? 

Sub- and super-minds are imtenable, subliminal and sub- 
conscious, likewise. An entity, a person conversing with an- 
other, in another part of the brain, or the speaker in one lobe 
of the brain speaking to another in the other lobe, is not 
probable, for half of the brain is supposed to be quiescent. A 
hyper-mind manifesting to the ordinary working Mind does 
not clarify this problem. A duality of the reasoning faculty 
may be offered as an explanation ; but two personalities would 
seem to be required. Go reason with yourself, is a recondite 
expression. He was actually beside himself is a common 
assertion; but who will arise and explain it? i^Iental duality 
is implied in all these expressions. I wounded my hand; I 
injured my Mind; are two statements totally beyond hope of 
explanation in the present state of mentonomy. The human 
Mind is marvellously complex, intricate and elaborate, beyond 
its own powers of imagination. The emotions alone are great 
enough to be combined into a person. The emotional phases 
of Mind are more intricate, delicate and refined than are the 
infinite variations in hues and tints in the solar spectrum. 

A DOMINANT IDEA 

What may be said of a dominant idea? A dominating 
thought, or series of thoughts, present cases of most formid- 
able power in a personality at times. This force is actually 
able to overcome the strongest will; that is, the Mind will 
dwell upon one subject for hours and days; one persistent 

502 



idea no matter how unwelcome, in defiance of the thunders 
of the central will against it. The thought- train may be dis- 
pleasing in the extreme to the personality, yet the will is help- 
less, to cast out, escape or still the mental tempest. Then the 
brain as an instrument of manifestation of the very self, the 
apparently real person, when the Mind goes racing seems to 
be in the clutch of an external mental entity stronger than the 
governing will. For the dominant thought force is one of the 
inscrutable enigmas encountered by the highest research in 
mentonomy. No words in any language knowm, can describe 
a human personality. Sanskrit roots and Greek and Latin 
branches are useless. This because the ancients knew no 
more than wt moderns of the Mind. Suppose one fact should 
be discovered of the nature of Mind : then a new word would 
be necessary to name it. Self, personality, ego, will, emotion, 
reason, consciousness, thought, Mind, I, myself, my Mind, 
are all words whose meanings are as completely unknown as 
are the immeasurable distances of Canopus and Polaris. If 
even a tentative mentonomy could be set up, some help would 
be had : but how can this be when Mind is unable to think of 
Mind? What is personified? Is an infinite number of as- 
sembled thoughts a personality? Mystery deepens, for the 
word persona is Latin for the English word mask. Well 
selected indeed, for at present the human personality is hidden 
behind a veil absolutely impenetrable. 

By Mrs. Mary T. Longley, Washington, D. C. 

"Mind is potential, a cosmos within itself. It possesses all 
the potency of Universal Intelligence and Infinite Thought, 
but limited by the conditions of individual expression. Mind 
is the product of co-ordinated elements and of electro-mag- 
netic forces vitalized by the quenchless flame of life. Man 
physical, is a netw^ork of nerves along which the living force 
or impulse plays, resolving itself into countless forms of sen- 
sation, yet interwoven therein by its influence and power, is 
Mind : the potential electro-magnetic activity and conscious- 
ness in the realm of objective expression, as w^ell as in the 
subjective. 

Tremendous, yet subtle forces move the Universe. Mystery 
to the casual observer is apparent everywhere ; but to the en- 
lightened and intuitive, these secrets of life are clear, and as 
rvelations of truth. In mental illumination mystery disap- 

503 



pears in the light. Mind per se, is limitless in scope and in 
power of expression. But in contact with organized matter 
as in the anatomical human structure, may and does become 
confused in its efforts to clearly demonstrate intellectual diver- 
sity under these limited conditions. 

*'Sub-conscious Mind"; "super-conscious Mind," arc expres- 
sions that have been coined by searchers after truth ; but they 
simpty express their bewilderment over the diversity of ex- 
pression through one and the same human brain. And these 
instanced at times in persons of unusual experiences, and char- 
acteristics. These bewildered teachers are often cultured, 
careful in methods of concentration and in close analysis in 
all physical studies; yet mystified when analyzing mental 
phenomena. Such teachers applying physical laws to mental 
research soon find themselves in a Mind-maze, and lead others 
into the entanglement, when they attempt to explain mental 
experiences and variations upon the theory of duplex or triple 
Minds. And when they affirm that the "sub-conscious Mind," 
the "normal Mind," and the super-conscious Mind," act inde- 
pendently of each other, when experiences of human beings 
and expressions of intelligence appear of different qualities 
on special occasions. Mind is a unit : there is but one Mind, 
which, however, does have varying and differing states of con- 
sciousness and expression. The superior state is one of illu- 
mination in which the intuitive faculties of the ego are quick- 
ened into wide perception; and in its expression Mind can 
then be said to be in its super-conscious condition. When in 
the purely carnal state, or when in confusing tangles of ex- 
perience and sensation, and abnormal influence, the Mind can 
then be said to be wrestling with the rubbish of a gloomy 
cellar and in a sub-conscious state. When dealing with the 
ordinary affairs of life, in its usual manner of work and judg- 
ment, the Mind is in its normal state. 

Mind is king, and the mazes it encounters in physical ele- 
'ments, as in human organisms, are the creations of contend- 
ing forces, as crossed wires, mental rubbish and ignorance, 
only cleared by education, by knowledge, and applied wisdom. 
Questions that have been the despair of the ages will be cor- 
rectly solved by the dawn of the new era of understanding. 
The Mind-maze will be followed through all its intricacies 
to a legitimate conclusion; and to an interpretation of Life, 
such as the world as not hitherto known. Man, the ego, can 



504 



learn how to apply all forces at his command to the regulation 
of his mental states and bring them into subjection, in every 
department of labor, thought and life. And thus provide ways 
and means for the highest intellectual expression of that great 
potency, that energy which man calls Mind/' 
August 8, 1911. 

RECENT SCIENCE 

From address of Professor J. J. Thomson, president of the 
British Association for the Advancement of Science, delivered 
at the 79th meeting, held at Winnipeg, Manitoba, August 25- 
September 1, 1909: 

"Roentgen, in 1895, showed that when electricity passed 
through a vacuum tube, the tube emitted rays which could 
pass through bodies opaque to ordinary light; which could, 
for example, pass through the flesh of the body and throw a 
shadow of the bones on a suitable screen. It is not, however, 
to the power of probing dark places, important though this is, 
that the influence of Roentgen rays on the progress of science 
has mainly been due ; it is rather because these rays make 
gases, and, indeed, solids and liquids through which they pass 
conductors of electricity. 

"The study of gases exposed to Roentgen rays has revealed 
in such gases the presence of particles charged with elec- 
tricity; some of these particles are charged with positive, and 
others with negative electricity. 

"The properties of these particles have been investigated; 
we know the charge they carry, the speed with which they 
move under an electric force, the rate at which the oppositely 
charged ones recombine, and these investigations have thrown 
a new light not only on electricity, but also on the structure 
of matter. 

"We know from these investigations that electricity, like 
matter, is molecular in structure, that just as a quantity of 
hydrogen is a collection of an immense number of small par- 
ticles called molecules, so a charge of electricity is made up of 
a great number of small charges, each of a perfectly definite 
and known amount. 

"We have measured the charge on the unit and found it to 
be the same from whatever source the electricity was ob- 
tained. 

505 



"The molecular theory of matter is indebted to the mole- 
cular theory of electricity for the most accurate determination 
of its fundamental quantity, the number of molecules in any 
given quantity of an elementary substance. 

"The great advantage of the electrical methods for study of 
the properties of matter is due to the fact that whenever a 
particle is electrified it is very easily identified, whereas an 
uncharged molecule is most elusive ; and it is only when these 
are present in immense numbers that we are able to detect 
them. 

"The smallest quantity of unelectrified matter ever detected 
is probably that of neon, one of the inert gases of the atmos- 
phere. The amount of neon in 1-20 of a cubic centimeter of 
air can be detected by the spectroscope, and the neon in air 
amounts to only 1 part in 100,000 parts of air, so that the neon 
in 1-20 cubic centimeter of air would occupy a volume of half 
a millionth of a cubic centimeter, but in this small volume 
there are about 10,000,000,000,000 molecules. Contrast this 
with our power of detecting electrified molecules. Ruther- 
ford has shown that we can detect the presence of a single a 
particle. Now the a particle is a charged atom of helium ; if 
this atom had been uncharged we should have required more 
than 1,000,000,000,000 of them instead of one, before we should 
have been able to detect them. 

"We may, I think, conclude, since electrified particles can 
be studied with so much greater ease than unelectrified ones, 
that we shall obtain a knowledge of the ultimate structure of 
electricity before we arrive at a corresponding degree of cer- 
tainty with regard to the structure of matter. 

"We have already made considerable progress in the task 
of discovering what the structure of electricity is. We have 
knoAvn for some time that of one kind of electricity — the nega- 
tive — and a very interesting one it is. We know that nega- 
tive electricity is made up of units all of which are of the 
same kind; that these units are exceedingly small compared 
with even the smallest atom, for the mass of the unit is only 
1-1700 part of the mass of one atom of hydrogen; that its 
radius is only 1-10,000,000,000,000 centimeter, and that these 
units, 'corpuscles' as they have been called can be obtained 
from all substances. [This metric number reduced to English 
measure is that a row of electrons side b)^ side one inch in 
length would contain 12700,000,000,000.] 

506 



*'The size of these corpuscles is on an altogether different 
scale from that of atoms; the volume of a corpuscle bears to 
that of the atom about the same relation as that of a speck of 
dust to the volume of this room. Under suitable conditions 
they move at enormous speeds which approach in some in- 
stances the velocity of light. 

"The discovery of these corpuscles is an interesting exam- 
ple of the way Nature responds to the demands made upon 
her by mathematicians. Some years before the discovery of 
corpuscles it had been shown by a mathematical investigation 
that the mass of a body must be increased by a charge of 
electricity. This increase, however, is greater for small bodies 
than for large ones, and even bodies as small as atoms are 
hopelessly too large to show any appreciable effect; thus the 
result seemed entirely academic. After the corpuscles were 
discovered, and these are so much smaller than the atom that 
the increase in mass due to the charge becomes not merely 
appreciable, but so great that the whole of the mass of the 
corpuscle arises from its charge. 

"We know a great deal about negative electricity; we know 
that by sitable processes we can get corpuscles [electrons] out 
of any kind of matter, and that the corpuscles will be the same 
from whatever source they may be derived. Is a similar 
thing true for positive electricity? Can we get, for example, 
a positive unit from oxygen of the same kind as that we get 
from hydrogen? 

"For my own part, I think the evidence is in favor of the 
view that we can, although the nature of the unit of positive 
electricity makes the proof much more difficult than for the 
negative unit. 

"In the first place we find that the positive particles, which 
are found when an electric discharge passes through a highly 
rarefied gas, are, when the pressure is very low, the same 
whatever may have been the gas in the vessel to begin with. 
If we pump out the gas until the pressure is too low to allow 
the discharge to pass, and then introduce a small quantity of 
gas and restart the discharge, the positive particles are the 
same whatever kind of gas may have been introduced. 

"These and similar results lead to the conclusion that the 
atom of the different chemical elements contain definite units 
of positive as well as of negative electricity, and that the posi- 
tive electricity, like the negative, is molecular in structure. 

507 



"The investigations made on the unit of positive electricity 
show that it is of quite a different kind from the unit of nega- 
tive; the mass of the negative unit is exceedingly small com- 
pared with any atom ; the only positive units that up to the 
present have been detected are quite comparable in mass with 
the mass of an atom of hydrogen, in fact they seem equal to 
it. This makes it more difficult to be certain that the unit of 
positive electricity has been isolated, for we have to be on 
our guard against its being a much smaller body attached to 
the hydrogen atoms which happen to be present in the vessel. 

"A knowledge of the mass and size of the two units of elec- 
tricity, the positive and the negative, would give us the mate- 
rial for constructing what may be called a molecular theory 
of electricity, and would be a starting point for a theory of the 
structure of matter ; for the most natural to take, is that matter 
is just a collection of positive and negative units of electricity, 
and that the forces which hold atoms and molecules together, 
and the properties which differentiate one kind of matter from 
another, all have their origin in the electrical forces exerted 
by positive and negative units of electricity, grouped together 
in different ways in the atoms of the different elements. 

"As it would seem that the units of positive and negative 
electricity are of very different sizes, we must regard matter 
as a mixture containing systems of very different types, one 
type corresponding to the small corpuscle, the other to the 
large positive unit." 

CROOKES' ORIGINAL DISCOVERY, IN 1878 

"Probably the most remarkable contribution to modern 
science that the present year has witnessed is the paper "On 
the Illumination of Lines of Molecular Pressure, and the Tra- 
jectory of Molecules," by Mr. W. Crookes, F. R. S., read at 
the meeting of the Royal Society, on December 5, 1878. Last 
year Pictet and Cailletet solidified what are known as the 
permanent gases, and now Mr. Crookes has demonstrated the 
fact that, under certain conditions, gases may become so far 
changed, both in physical constitution and properties, 
as to form a fourth state of matter. Just as below the gaseous 
state there is the liquid and the solid, so above the liquid there 
is the gaseous, and the ultra-gaseous, ethereal. The setting 
up by electrical means, of an intense molecular vibration in a 

508 



disk of metal excites the surrounding gas. With a dense gas, 
the disturbance extends a short distance only, but as rarefac- 
tion continues the layer of molecular disturbance increases in 
thickness. When connected with the electricity, a halo of 
velvety violet light is seen. At very high exhaustions (known 
as Crookes' vacua measured by a few millionths of an atmos- 
phere) the dark space becomes so large as to fill the tube. The 
dark violet focus is still visible to the careful observer. If 
now a more perfect vacuum is obtained, the whole bulb be- 
comes illuminated with a beautiful phosphorescent light. 
Crookes said : **The thickness of the dark space is the measure 
of the mean length of the path between successive collisions 
of the molecules. The extra velocity with which the mole- 
cules rebound from the excited negative pole keeps back the 
more slowly moving molecules which are advancing toward 
the pole. When the exhaustion is sufficiently high the swiftly 
moving rebounding molecules spend their force, on the sides 
of the vessel, and the production of light is the consequence 
of this sudden arrest of velocity." The theory propounded at 
the conclusions of the experiments is one of the most remark- 
able discoveries of modern times, involving as it does a fourth 
state of matter; the matter becomes exalted to an ultra-gase- 
ous state when phenomena are seen, hitherto unknown and at 
present not comprehended. The phenomena discovered by 
Mr. Crookes in his exhausted tubes reveal to physical science 
a new world — a world where for instance the corpuscular 
theory of light holds good, but where "we can never enter, 
and in which we must be content to observe and experiment 
from the outside." From the English Mechanic, London, 
Dec. 27, 1878, p. 383. 

Here then is an excerpt from the original lecture; now his- 
toric and to remain high on the summit of science for all time. 
Crookes called the excessively attenuated matter flowing along 
with the high pressure electricity in the tubes from which all 
air possible had been removed, a fourth state. I would here 
substitute the word first for fourth. But with this under- 
standing, the atoms and molecules of Crookes do not consti- 
tute the actual fourth state until broken up into electrons as 
was accomplished by J. J. Thomson in 1899. 

The added results of using ultra-violet light for the purpose 
of photographing invisible objects are that short wave-lengths, 
not available in daylight work, are utilized. Thus in the 

509 



micaxjscopic cameras here pictured, the poiwrers are doubled 

mrhen using waves beyond the violet portion of the solar 
spectrum. The power of an objective in white-light photog- 
raphy is that many li^-ing objects which display no color in 
direct sunlight, and are difficult to see, and more difficult to 
photograph, are easily photographed by means of the ven.- 
short waves. Thus immense numbers of hitherto unknown 
bacteria are photographed, and even when they are in rapid 
motion. 

TIME. THE PERPETUAL MYSTERY 

Since man began to think, to philosophize, :o speculate to 
seek solutions of inexplicable riddles; time has ever been 
the most nearly complete enigma. The most intellectual in 
all ages have sought a definition of the word time. And the 
most brilliant minds have ever searched for words to convey 
the meaning of the word time to other minds. All have 
failed. Here are expressions taken from philosophical books, 
dictionaries, and lexicons. 

Greek: Chroneo, to live; to be of sound Mind. Chronos, 
time. Chronizo, chroniso, chronio, chroneis, p. Kechronika, 
to endure for a long time, to grow old, to delay, to retard, 
procrastinate. Chronikos, relating or belonging to time, or 
the times, temporary, perishable, chronio, long duration; 
chronicles, or annals. 

Chronios, chronio, chronion, of long duration, seasonable, 
long delaying, continuing, late, slow. xAll based on chronos. 
time. Also hora, hour, time, season, a certain time of life, 
a certain time of day or night; horia, the Hours, goddesses 
presiding over the seasons; horolog^on, an instrument to 
measure time and indicate the hours; from hora and logos. 
But logos is speech — ^thus, literally to speak the hours thought 
of ages before striking clocks. And horos, the year; time; 
night. 

Latin: hora, an hour, a dial, clock, clepsydra, personified as 
the Horae, daughters of Jupiter and Themis, but Themis was 
daughter of Coelus and Terra — earth. 

In the dictionary: "The general idea, relation or fact of 
continuous or successive existence; duration as comprising 
the relations known as past, present, and future, and furnish- 
ing the sphere of all acti\-ities and events; infinite duration 
or its measure. A moment, period, season, age, epoch, era. 

510 



A portion of duration allotted to some specific purpose, as 
portion of duration allotted to present order of things in the 
Universe considered as having a beginning and an end between 
two portions of eternity. Distinguished from eternity by a 
different mode of existence. To the consciousness of the 
thinking subject; also the metaphysical notion of duration." 

Kant held that time is not objective but subjective. Others 
taught that time is an actual entity that in which phenomena 
endure ; and Leibnitz wrote that time is a system of relations. 
Mathematics looks upon time as a continuous quantity flowing 
at a constant rate. This without breaks, spaces and dots or 
dashes. 

But if the earth's specific speed of rotation should accelerate 
or retard, the rate of flow would change. 

One of the most remarkable facts in thought and language 
is these expressions: A microscope magnifies 500 times; this 
stick is ten times longer than that; that river is three times 
wider than this. These are inexplicable. Why is the word 
times always introduced here? 

But how does the Mind sense time ; the lapse or flow of 
time? This has never been explained. Persons have been 
known to sense the passing of time when asleep. The time- 
sense, time-faculty in the phase or type of Mind functioning 
at present as human, certainly has a time-sense, time-knowl- 
edge. To express this most wonderful entity in terms of 
existence of life, I have adopted and written the word chrono- 
zoons, or time-zoons, time-lives, within our lives, living time- 
units in the brain, erronously called cells. 

And in the dictionaries and in philosophies, a number of 
words are inextricably involved in describing space that are 
used in time definitions. Thus Kant, the great idealist, held 
that in its nature, space is purely ideal and without any ob- 
jective condition of sensibility, or sensible experience. Also 
an actual entity, which though not an object of our senses 
is surely sensed. That is, we are aware of space. This is 
near the bottom of the Maze, the method of the Universe is 
similar to the plan of the Mind — Mind. The intuitions of 
the Mind in man cognize space. The expression appears in 
the Latin dictionary, space of time ! 

Then the ancient expressions : "Time existeth not ;" "Time 
is unkonwn in space;" "Time is local on organic worlds," 
may all be true, in fact, are true. 

511 



Microscope and Micro-Photographic Camera — Manufactured by Carl 
Zeiss, Jena, Germany. This is the wonderful microscope so oftea 
mentioned in this work. The lenses are made of the world-famous 
Jena glass; and the reflecting prisms are of quartz. Objects so 
minute that microscopists a few years since would have thought it 
impossible to see, are brought into view and photographed. And 
these negatives can be again magnified. An unknown and unseem 
world was revealed by these admirable instruments. 



i 



ENERGETICS 

Heat, cold, and dryness can be withstood and survived br 
living beings to a remarkable degree. Varieties of moss- 
dwellers can be revived by moisture after they have been 
thoroughly dried. When dry the animals are latent or inert, 
dormant, and apparently lifeless, but they become re-animate 
when water is absorbed again. Dewar subjected micro-or- 
ganisms to the appalling cold of liquid hydrogen and they 
survived. But when they were immersel in liquid air, ultra- 
violet light killed them. These minute creatures withstand 
heat and cold so much more intense than the human body 
could endure, that comparison is useless. How great is the 
mystery of life, how powerful is resistance to destructive 
extremes of temperature. The emission of light by bacteria 
brilliant enough to enable one to read, and also take photo- 
graphs is common. 

"Bacteria emit light which is produced entirely by them- 
selves ; independently of any extraneous light source ; in fact, 
they grow and produce light better if kept entirely dark." 

"Light production in living animals is essentially different 
from that of chemism. or of the phosphorescence produced 
by electrical means." "Phosphorescing chemicals in all cases 
have the power of absorbing light and re-emitting either of 
the same or of greater wave-length." Knowledge. May. 1911. 

THOUGHT SPECIFICATIONS 

Mind-forms, thought-forms, mental-force forms, formulas, 
mathematical equations, theories, hypotheses, these come and 
go leaving no trace of their origin ; no clue as to how they 
were developed or whence they came. Nightly introspection 
and revision of each day's work, in search of possible errors 
in not following traces or clues have been made, but without 
success. No suggestion, no hint as to what Mind is has 
appeared. In the midst of my researches within the Maze, into 
its intricacies, complexities, and winding corridors, the Mind, 
the Original, has ever grown before me in majesty supreme. 
I here at the close of the volume state that I am more com- 
pletely absorbed with the idea if possible, than at the be- 
ginning, that all forms in matter are thought-forms filled 
out from primordial substance-electrons. Let the stellar 

9n 



structure crumble into chaos and ruin, but let not this con- 
cept perish from my set and fixed belief. Thought-forms 
are able to put on and put off matter like a garment And 
at any place, or point in space whatever. Let the Creator 
desire to form a new sun in space, the desire which is a 
thought-form, is sent there to assemble local electrons. This, 
the reader may rest assured, is literal truth though reader 
and writer are both unable to comprehend. The Creator 
creates thoughts first ; then electrons, and from these forms 
all things. Of course I am unable to comprehend. The mean- 
ing of this Latin word is to seize or grasp, together, lay 
hold of, catch, to take in with the Mind, to conceive, to un- 
derstand, to comprise or set forth in writing, to express, 
describe, narrate, discover, disclose or detect. I cannot sum- 
mon words, and if I could, I would fail in any attempt to put 
them together in any description of the sublime and forever 
supreme process of the Creator in creating a new thought and 
clothing it with electrons functioning as matter. 

The word detect appears in the definition. And now as I 
write in this mountain observatory facing the east, early in 
the advancing day, in presence of the sun rising over distant 
peaks, and casting summer rays over land and sea; over 
flower and fruit laden plains below, and upon tossing waves 
of the Pacific Ocean ; as I put crowding thoughts on paper 
it doth appear in forceful impression that I detect the fact 
of creation, sense it, feel it and know it to be true. For no 
eye can see unless the brain can preceive the thought-form. 

THOUGHTS RELATING TO MAN 

The complexity of the human organization, Mind, body, 
life, and their harmonic adjustment, with a precision when 
normal, rivaling that of mathematics, is so much more elabo- 
rate than has been deemed possible, that physiologists, biono- 
mists and mentalists now see problems confronting them, that 
are transcendant, intricate and apparently insoluble. Thus 
the retina of the eye is a portion of the brain an exploring 
expedition of optozoons or retinozoons — the brain tissue itself 
come forth to see! The visible part of the Universe is so 
supremely magnificent, that the very matter of the brain 
came out of its prison of bone — the skull — to behold and 
convey impressions to sensing zoons within. The seeing 

514 



ones tell those in interior darkness of the beauty and wonders 
of the stars and starry vaults of the celestial sphere. And of 
flowers, and the warbling birds, of crystals, colors and of 
sparkling gems. These and the radiant sun, the brain came 
forth to see. 

The complexity of new thought forms, inventions, discovery 
and application of natural law, as in machines ranging in 
dimension from that of a running watch one-fourth of an 
inch in diameter, set in a finger-ring, through all complexes in 
the wilderness of the patent office, to colossal engines and 
steam turbines in ocean liners, stamps man as an integer 
of the Infinite. Computing machines, where mechanism does 
mathematical work, procalim the might and majesty of man; 
and that Mind expressing in brain is not only similar, but 
actually like or a part of Original Mind. Exquisite works of 
art, sculpture, statuary, paintings, and gems of poetry and 
likewise prose — word-painting, creating, creating exalted 
imagery of thought, — these and more of the beautiful, refined 
and artistic, reveal that the phase of Mind manifesting in 
the human organism, is not different from, but a part of 
Mind. Behold the wonders of the wireless telegraph. A 
sinking ship sounds signals from mists and gloom of an ocean 
night, signals of distress calling for aid. Those on other 
ships hear the human cries for help. They hear latitude and 
longitude spoken in the blackness of night; instantly the 
prows of the distant vessels are turned toward the given 
position, full steam is turned on and the hurrying monsters 
rush to the rescue. This is a magnificent and impressive dis- 
play of Mind. 



515 



A CATHOLIC VIEW OF EVOLUTION 

"We must carefully distinguish between the different mean- 
ings of the words Theory of Evolution, between the theory 
as a scientific hypothesis and as a philosophical speculation; 
as based on theistic principles, and as based on a materialistic 
and atheistic foundation, between the theory of evolution and 
Darwinism, and between the theory as applied to the vegetable 
and animal kingdoms and as applied to man. 

As a scientific hypothesis, the theory of evolution seeks 
to determine the historical succession of the various species 
of plants and animals on our earth ; and with the aid of plant- 
ology and other sciences such as comparative morphology, 
embryology and bionomy, to show how in the course of the 
different geological epochs they gradually evolve from their 
beginnings by purely natural causes of specific development. 
The theory of evolution then, as a scientific hypothesis, does 
not consider the present species of plants and of animals 
as forms directly created by God, but as the final result of an 
evolution from other species existing in former geological 
periods. Hence, it is called "the theory of evolution," or "the 
theory of descent," since it implies the descent of the present 
from extinct species. This theory is opposed to the theory 
of constancy, which assumes the immutability of organic 
species. The scientific theory of evolution, therefore, does 
not concern itself with the origin of life. It merely inquires 
into the genetic relations of systematic species, genera and 
families, and endeavors to arrange them according to natural 
series of descent (genetic trees). 

How far is the theory of evolution based on the observed 
facts? It is understood to be still only an hypothesis. The 
formation of a new species is directly observed in but a 
few cases, and only with reference to such forms as are 
closely related to each other; for instance, the systematic 
species of the plant-genus CEothera, and of the beetle-genus 
Dinarda. It is, however, not difficult to furnish an indirect 
proof of great probability for the genetic relation of many 
systematic species to each other and to fossil forms, as in 
the genetic development of the horse, of ammonites, and of 
many insects, especially of those that dwell as "guests" with 
ants and termites, and have adapted themselves in many ways 
to their hosts. Upon comparing the scientific proofs for the 

51« 



probability of the theory of evolution, we find that they grow 
the more numerous and weighty, the smaller the circle of 
forms under consideration, but become weaker and weaker, 
if we include a greater number of forms, such as are comprised 
in a class or in a sub-kingdom. There is, in fact, no evidence 
whatever for the common genetic descent of all plants and 
animals from a primitive organism. Hence, the greater 
number of botanists and zoologists regard a number of origins 
of evolution as much more acceptable than one. At present, 
however, it is impossible to decide how many independent 
genetic series must be assumed in the animal and vegetable 
knigdoms. 

The atheistic theory of evolution is ineffectual to account for 
the first beginning of the cosmos or for the law of its evolu- 
tion, since it acknowledges neither nor law giver. Natural 
science, moreover, has proved that spontaneous generation — 
i. e., the independent genesis of a living being from non-living 
matter — contradicts the facts of observation. The atheistic 
theory of evolution, rejects the assumption of a soul separate 
from matter, and thereby sinks into blank materialism." — 
from Catholic Encyclopedia. 



§ir 



A JEWISH VIEW OF EVOLUTION 

''Evolution : The series of steps by which all existing beings 
have been developed by gradual modification. According to 
this hypothesis all animal and vegetable life may be traced 
to one very low form of life, a minute cell, itself possibly 
produced by inorganic matter. This development, according 
to Darwin, is due to the struggle for existence, and to the 
transmission through natural and sexual selection of those 
qualities which enable the possessors to carry on the struggle, 
in which only the fittest survive. The relation of the teach- 
ings of Judaism to this theory is not necessarily one of 
hostility and dissent. Evolution not only does not preclude 
creation, but necessarily implies it. Nor are purpose and 
design (teleology) eliminated from the process. Natural se- 
lection in strict construction is teleological. Mechanical de- 
sign alone is precluded." 

"The deevlopment of life from inorganic matter, the rise 
of consciousness from preceding unconscious life, the origin 
of mind, of conscience, are not accounted for by the theory 
of evolution, and as at the beginning of the chain, so at these 
links it fails. Jewish theism, while admitting that on the 
whole the theor}' throws light on the methods pursued in the 
gradual rise and unfolding of life, is justified in contending 
that it does not eliminate the divine element and plan and 
purpose from the process. 

Evolution gives answer to the how, never to the what, 
and only inadequately to the why. Judaism, having never 
taught the doctrine of the Fall of Man, is not obliged to 
reject the evolutional theory on the ground that it conflicts 
with the dogma which demands the assumption of man's 
original perfection, and which thus inverts the process and 
sequence posited by the evolutionists." Jewish Encyclopedia. 
Funk and Wagnall, New York. 



518 



COMMENTARY 

Note : It has not been thought best to make changes in 
the text as originally written. 

Therefore explanations are here made in hope that further 
light may be cast upon turbid texts and obscure sentences. 

Page 343. "The assumption will be made that the Creator 
must be endowed with any given attribute to create any dis- 
covered property of matter." The word possessed should 
be substituted for endowed. The word endowed implies the 
existence of an endower ; but the word Creator is used every- 
where in this book. 

344. "Mind is the only entity alive." Only entity able to 
manifest as life. But the word life here used is conceived 
to have many aspects and phases in its long evolution from 
the lowest plant, lowest animal to highest man. 

355. "A thought-form filled out to every limit with atoms." 
This seems to be highly metaphysical. But the attenuation of 
matter thought to be possible as revealed by researches in the 
astronomy of space, is indeed beyond the limits of human 
imagining. The quantity of matter now condensed into our 
solar-system, the sun, planets and satellites is known with a 
fair degree of accuracy and is 2 octillion tons. Also the dis- 
tance — 25 trillion miles — of the nearest neighboring sun to 
our own sun. Then when the 2 octillion tons of matter — 
quantity — was rarified and expanded out to the sphere whose 
radius equaled half the distance to the nearest sun, then the 
matter contained in 290,000 cubic miles, if condensed into 
one small mass, and weighed on the balance in a pharmacy, 
would weigh one grain. Now if thoughts are things, the 
question arises, are they rarer or denser than the matter thus 
expanded in cosmic space? One grain of matter reduced to 
atoms and dispersed to the limits of an ordinary room in a 
house, would be so rare that imagination would be surpassed. 

355. ''Blue-print" was inserted because there is no other 
term. For purposes of imagining, suppose that thought- 
form actually exist; then imagine that the thickness of the 
lines is equal to the one billionth of the thickness of a spider's 
thread. This species of imagining may lead to a clew to the 
nature of Mind. 

519 



365. This is perhaps not correct that one electron in dark- 
ness moving with the velocity of light, would emit light. Revo- 
lutions only around each other are the cause of light, heat and 
chemism. Thus revolving electrons moving as described in 
angles would form the impression of the diamond on the 
retinas. ''One electron" should read : a number of revolving 
electrons, wherever this term appears. 

373. "Both doctrines agree in one point, they exclude the 
necessity of the existence of a Creator." Only the ultra and 
radical evolutionists go this far; others do not allude to the 
subject. But Darwin used the words Creator and create; the 
words : "supposed Creation" appearing p. 83. The Origin 
of Species, Vol. II. 

392. "Mind, therefore, is a flow of nascent electrons." 
Highly speculative ; because none knows v/hat Mind is. Deli- 
cate tests in the body and system of nerves, in circulation, 
digestion, breathing and other life-processes have been made 
with galvanometers. The sensitive needle has been seen to 
move, showing the action of weak currents of electricity. But 
really, none of these researches have given a clew to the 
nature of Mind. When I wrote the words quoted, I doubtless 
had been thinking of electrons actuating the unconceivably 
delicate filaments, extending from brain mentozoons. On a 
preceding page I have substituted the term Natural Direction 
for Natural Selection. Directivity here takes the place of 
selectivity. Electrons were created, and then directed. From 
the very nature of thought and speech, it is impossible that 
any eijtity can be created save substance. Matter, and its 
89 at present known manifestations or phases ; and the illimit- 
able number of objects visible and invisible into which it 
is now divided, were all formed. Electrons, atoms, molecules, 
particles and granules, did not select, they did not direct, but 
were directed, and by Mind. On all sides, the term "Natural 
Selection" is being enclosed within contracting limits; and 
the contracting must obtain until the theory is reduced to a 
microscopic vanishing point. Then literature will be free 
from this nineteenth century delusion. For "chemical affin- 
ity" is not activity, nor selectivity, but it is Directivity. If 
not, then the Sidereal Universe and its inhabitants, the organic 
creatures, would not now be in existence. 

520 



"The evidences in reference to the evolution of the human 
body are so compelling as to be already generally accepted, 
and we have now the question of evolution of mentality to 
deal with. The progressive intelligence of animals is shown 
to depend upon the structure of the brain and nervous sys- 
tem ; and there exists such a finely graded series in this 
respect that there is strong evidence of the derivation of 
human facilities from brute facilities." Wm. A. Locy, N. W. 
University. 

I would change this quotation to : — The derivation of human 
and animal faculties from Original-Mind — the Creative-Mind. 
Thus calculus, and quaternions, formulas for computing 
eclipses, weighing distant suns, and computing the inertia of 
an electron— derived from ''brute faculties"? No! Mathe- 
matics was derived from the mighty mathematical Mind that 
created electrons and formed Nature. The expression creative 
Mind is redundant and is equal to the terms hot fire, cold 
ice. The Mind cannot do aught but create. That is its Na- 
ture. The most difficult of all acts of Mind is to express 
itself in matter. Even the Master Mind, the actual Creator, 
finds this desire to be of the most extreme difficulty, it is 
excessively complex. The formation of a crystal is easy in 
comparison. Diamond is the highest form of matter; but to 
form this from carbon is a slight work in comparison to the 
formation of oxygen, carbon, hydrogen, and nitrogen into an 
organism, a chronozoon in the brain able to express, or mani- 
fest one thought. All works of the Creator, the formation of 
a hundred million suns, and the Galactic band in space, are 
trivial in comparison to that of forming a mentozoon in a 
brain. This is the highest act of the Creator, within range of 
human scrutiny and exploration. Inconceivable numbers of 
series of trials and errors, abortive attempts, and failures, 
from the appearance of life and Mind units far more minute 
than are the Amoeba, to the highest human were made before 
the heights were reached. And Mind cannot possibly proceed 
in any other way. 



521 



CREATION 

The Mighty Mind that formed the stellar Universe, con- 
geries of suns, billions of worlds, flying comets, dashing 
meteors and auroral splendors; that created light and the 
supernal colors of the solar spectrum, the glories of sounds, 
tuneful strains, and harmonics, the flowers, leaves, singing 
birds, the tiny humming birds, buzzing along with bees by 
my windows, here in a wilderness of wild flowers of the moun- 
tains, as I write ; all these wonders, and the sea, the sea, visible 
from another window, with expanse of clouds, now blazing in 
sunset glow, these and an infinity of wonders in telescope and 
microscope, and more, so many that there could not be books 
enough in the world to mention them, the Majestic Mind 
found all these trivial works, and insignificant when men- 
tioned in the same series — with the work of causing Mind 
to manifest in any kind, or phase of matter. The acme of 
creation is to conjoin Mind to matter. Thus the earth passed 
ages and eons of preparation for the purpose and plan of 
expressing Mind in living tissues. 

Mind alone is eternal ; and thoughts immortal. And it is 
impossible not to be so in the very nature of the problem. 
Thus let the entire sideral structure, all suns and worlds, and 
the billions of different objects that these worlds contain form 
the simplest to the most complex, all disintegrate back into 
dissociated electrons, as is the case with radium now; then 
the whole could be produced anew from original thought- 
forms. Designs, models, patterns, do not fade from Primor- 
dial Mind. For Mind itself consists of these designs, thought- 
plans, outlines, forms, mentoids, phrenoids, and types. 

Let stellar structures come and go in ever recurring series, 
then Mind preceding all these mutations is the Eternal. What- 
ever the design that can be re-produced, over and over again 
upon the same plan, during eternal eons, however complex, this 
is certain, it is reformed by Mind. 



522 



Several times while writing this book, it has seemed to 
me that I was on the verge of discovering a clue to the real 
nature of Mind ; the knowledge appeared to be coming nearer 
and nearer, and then just within my reach, ready to be grasped. 
only to be lost. Like the illusory tissues of imagination, they 
have dissolved. Many series of imaginings have thus ap- 
peared and vanished. 

There has been from lowest to highest on this planet, the 
astronomic home of man one perpetual evolution or muta- 
tion, it matters not, in ^lind, always and without exception 
in Mind first and body last. This is the rigid, set and fixed 
law of Nature, of mentonomy, the law of the Mind. This book 
started out to find a clue to the real nature of Mind. Not a 
trace of even one clue has been discovered. 




The End, 



Note. — Pages in this book are continued from page 335. the 



last in the book Radiant Energy 



523 



L 



L 



NOV 2& 1911 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: Oct. 2004 

PreservatlofiTechnoloqies 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESER\?ATION 



1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724) 779-21 1 1 



one copy del. to Cat. Div. 



NOV 29 '9'-^ 

ore n !9Ji 



